Quarterlytics / Technology / Communication Equipment / Belden

Belden

bdc · NYSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker bdc
Exchange NYSE
Sector Technology
Industry Communication Equipment
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Belden
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)
(cid:3)

2018 
Annual Report 

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dear Fellow Shareholders, 

We achieved a number of important financial  milestones in 2018, including record revenues, EBITDA, 
and EPS1. The Company’s financial performance highlights from the year include the following:   

(cid:190)  Record revenues of $2.592 billion, increasing 8.5%; 

(cid:190)  Record EBITDA of $474.2 million, increasing 9.2%;  

(cid:190)  Record EPS of $6.06, increasing 13.3%; and 

(cid:190)  Cash flow from operations of $289.2 million, increasing 13.3%. 

Despite this solid growth, we are extremely disappointed with our total shareholder return. As a result, we 

are conducting a critical review of our portfolio of businesses and considering adjustments that we believe 

will support improved valuation and enhanced equity returns.  

2018  was  also  highlighted  by  continued  balance  sheet  improvement  and  balanced  capital  deployment 

toward organic growth investments, share repurchases, and strategic acquisitions. These actions provide 

the  foundation  for  improved  results  going  forward.  I  would  like  to  share  with  you  some  of  these 

significant accomplishments. 

Strengthened  Balance  Sheet  –  We  completed  our  timely  debt  refinancing  and  repayment  during  the 

year,  and  we  were  extremely  pleased  with  the  results.  We  lowered  our  cost  of  debt  to  a  fixed  average 

interest rate of 3.5% and extended our maturities until 2025 to 2028.  

Organic Growth Investments – During our strategic planning process, our businesses identified many 

attractive opportunities to expand into high-growth markets and enhance our product offering. As a result, 

we increased capital expenditures to $98 million to fund a number of attractive organic initiatives. This 

included investments in new products, such as our successful cloud and industrial cybersecurity solutions 

and  a  new  manufacturing  facility  in  India.  This  important  facility  made  its  first  shipments  during  the 

fourth  quarter.  We  expect  our  investments  in  these  high-ROIC  initiatives  to  drive  meaningful  organic 

growth in future periods.  

Record Share Repurchases – We completed our $200 million share repurchase program by deploying a 

Company record $175 million during 2018. This represented approximately 6% of our shares outstanding. 

We also announced a new $300 million authorization, which we expect to begin executing in 2019. 

(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)
1 Consolidated adjusted results are referenced in this letter. See appendix for reconciliations to comparable GAAP results. All references to EPS 
refer to adjusted income from continuing operations per diluted share attributable to Belden common stockholders. 

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

 
 
 
Strategic Acquisitions – We completed two strategic acquisitions in 2018 for a combined purchase price 

of  $113  million,  and  we  are  pleased  with  the  successful  integrations.  The  addition  of  Snell  Advanced 

Media  (SAM)  allowed  us  to  significantly  improve  our  Live  Media  business  by  complementing  Grass 

Valley’s  existing  product  and  geographic  capabilities.  By  combining  these  two  leading  companies  and 

aligning  the  resources  and  strategies,  we  created  a  much  larger  and  stronger  business  with  superior 

offerings in live media production. The addition of Net-Tech Technology (NT2) complemented the fiber 

offering in our Broadband business. NT2’s products expand our fiber-to-the-home offering for broadband 

service providers, and bring our total annual fiber sales to approximately $100 million. We continue to 

look for opportunities to improve our robust portfolio.  

To summarize, I am extremely pleased with our balance sheet actions and capital deployments in 2018. 

These  initiatives  support  the  ongoing  transformation  of  Belden  into  the  world’s  leading  signal 

transmission solutions provider and will allow us to drive further impressive financial results.  

Our  2018  performance  was  a  function  of  solid  execution  and  attractive  secular  trends  in  both  of  our 

segments, which I would like to share with you.  

Enterprise Solutions – Revenues in our Enterprise Solutions segment increased 12.2% to $1.5 billion in 

2018, with EBITDA margins expanding 160 basis points to 17.6%. The smart building market continues 

to  benefit  from  healthy  non-residential  construction  in  the  United  States,  and  increased  needs  for 

contractor  productivity  and  building  efficiency.  PPC,  our  market-leading  broadband  connectivity 

business, is well-positioned to benefit from the insatiable demand for broadband and network upgrades. In 

addition  to  this  market  tailwind,  we  expect  continued  benefits  from  our  superior  product  portfolio  and 

intellectual  property  strategies.  In  2018,  PPC  recorded  a  one-time  favorable  legal  payment  of 

approximately  $62  million  related  to  a  patent  infringement  case  involving  a  competitor.  We  also  see  a 

number  of  attractive  inorganic  opportunities  in  the  broadband  fiber  area  that  would  allow  us  to  further 

expand  our  product  offering  and  drive  substantial  growth.  Grass  Valley,  our  live  media  business, 

benefitted from the SAM acquisition. Demand trends in the broadcast industry remain volatile, but Grass 

Valley is now positioned to deliver robust profitability in the current environment. 

Industrial  Solutions  –  Revenues  in  our  Industrial  Solutions  segment  increased  3.6%  to  $1.1  billion  in 

2018, with EBITDA margins of 19.4%. Discrete and process manufacturing, our largest verticals, grew 

7% and 10%, respectively, on an organic basis. We continue to see robust demand from machine builders 

and  increasing  investments  in  automation,  and  we  expect  these  favorable  trends  to  continue.  Our 

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

customers are increasingly benefitting from our differentiated product portfolio of ruggedized networking 

equipment and cybersecurity software, which provides essential interoperability and security of assets.  

Strategic Financial Goals 

Each  year,  we  reflect  on  our  financial  goals  to  ensure  alignment  with  our  strategic  plan  and  our  end 

markets.  I  am  pleased  with  our  long  track  record  of  achieving  our  goals.  We  have  an  unwavering 

commitment to delivering for our shareholders and an update on each of our financial goals is provided 

below.  

(cid:120)  Revenue Growth of 5 - 7%2  

Our  long-term  goal  of  5-7%  revenue  growth  represents  a  combination  of  market  growth,  share 

capture,  and  successful  acquisition  integration.  In  2018,  we  exceeded  this  goal  with  constant 

currency  revenue  growth  of  7.9%.  We  expect  a  number  of  favorable  secular  trends  to  drive 

demand  for  our  secure,  highly-engineered  signal  transmission  solutions  in  our  served  markets. 

These  include  industrial  automation,  smart  buildings,  video  consumption,  and  bandwidth. 

Combined with our strong balance sheet and robust pipeline of attractive inorganic opportunities, 

we are well-positioned to drive further growth over the long-term. 

(cid:120)  EBITDA Margins of 20 - 22%  

We have a long track record of margin expansion, with EBITDA margins increasing from 8.4% 

in 2005 when we started our transformation to 18.3% in 2018. Our teams are executing a number 

of meaningful productivity initiatives, and we anticipate making significant progress toward our 

financial goal. 

(cid:120)  Free Cash Flow Growth of 13 – 15% 

Our  long-term  goal  of  13-15%  free  cash  flow  growth  reflects  our  commitment  to  quality  of 

earnings  and  working  capital  improvements.  In  2018,  cash  flow  from  operations  increased  by 

13.3% to $289.2 million. We significantly increased net capital expenditures to fund a number of 

attractive  organic  initiatives,  resulting  in  free  cash  flow  consistent  with  the  prior  year.  With 

capital  expenditure  growth  now  moderating  as  expected,  we  anticipate  resuming  a  more  robust 

free cash flow growth trajectory.  

(cid:120)  Return on Invested Capital of 13 – 15% 

(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)
2 In constant currency 

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

 
Our  return  on  invested  capital  target  of  13-15%  requires  a  disciplined  approach  to  capital 

allocation. We achieved a ROIC of 12.6% in 2018, consistent with our average over the last five 

years, a period in which we allocated over $1.3 billion towards acquisitions. We expect to make 

further progress toward our target over the next few years.  

Outlook 

As a leading global connectivity company primarily serving the Industrial and Enterprise markets, we are 

ideally  positioned  to  benefit  from  a  number  of  favorable  secular  trends  impacting  our  businesses, 

including industrial automation, smart buildings, video consumption, and bandwidth. I am confident that 

we have the talent, strategy, balance sheet, and proven Lean enterprise system to achieve our goals and 

provide a compelling return for our shareholders.  

We are thankful for the loyalty of our customers, shareholders, and talented associates who make Belden 

a  world-class  company.  We  are  grateful  for  your  support,  and  we  look  forward  to  sharing  in  Belden’s 

continued success together. 

Sincerely, 

John Stroup 

President, CEO and Chairman of the Board 

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

 
APPENDIX 

BELDEN INC. 
RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES 
(Unaudited) 

In addition to reporting financial results in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, we 
provide non-GAAP operating results adjusted for certain items, including: asset impairments; accelerated depreciation expense 
due  to  plant  consolidation  activities;  purchase  accounting  effects  related  to  acquisitions,  such  as  the  adjustment  of  acquired 
inventory and deferred revenue to fair value and transaction costs; severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs; 
gains (losses) recognized on the disposal of businesses and tangible assets; amortization of intangible assets; gains (losses) on 
debt extinguishment; certain revenues and gains (losses) from patent settlements; discontinued operations; and other costs. We 
adjust for  the  items  listed  above  in  all periods presented,  unless  the  impact  is  clearly immaterial  to our financial  statements. 
When we  calculate  the  tax  effect  of  the  adjustments,  we  include  all  current  and deferred  income  tax  expense  commensurate 
with the adjusted measure of pre-tax profitability.       

We utilize the adjusted results to review our ongoing operations without the effect of these adjustments and for comparison to 
budgeted operating results. We believe the adjusted results are useful to investors because they help them compare our results 
to previous periods and provide important insights into underlying trends in the business and how management oversees our 
business operations on a day-to-day basis. As an example, we adjust for the purchase accounting effect of recording deferred 
revenue at fair value in order to reflect the revenues that would have otherwise been recorded by acquired businesses had they 
remained as independent entities. We believe this presentation is useful in evaluating the underlying performance of acquired 
companies.   Similarly, we adjust for other acquisition-related expenses, such as amortization of intangibles and other impacts 
of  fair  value  adjustments  because  they  generally  are  not  related  to  the  acquired  business'  core  business  performance. As  an 
additional  example,  we  exclude  the  costs  of  restructuring  programs,  which  can  occur  from  time  to  time  for  our  current 
businesses and/or recently acquired businesses. We exclude the costs in calculating adjusted results to allow us and investors to 
evaluate  the  performance  of  the  business  based  upon  its  expected  ongoing  operating  structure.  We  believe  the  adjusted 
measures, accompanied by the disclosure of the costs of these programs, provides valuable insight. 

Adjusted  results  should be  considered  only  in  conjunction with results reported  according  to  accounting principles  generally 
accepted in the United States. 

Three Months Ended

Twelve Months Ended

December 31, 
2018

December 31, 
2017

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017

GAAP revenues 

Deferred revenue adjustments 

Adjusted revenues 

GAAP gross profit 

Severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs 

Deferred revenue adjustments 

Purchase accounting effects related to acquisitions 

Amortization of software development intangible assets 

Accelerated depreciation 

Adjusted gross profit 

GAAP gross profit margin 

Adjusted gross profit margin 

GAAP selling, general and administrative expenses 

Severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs 

Costs related to patent litigation 

Purchase accounting effects related to acquisitions 

    Loss on sale of assets 

$

$

$

$

$

$

(In thousands, except percentages and per share amounts)
655,390 
$
(1,277) 
654,113 

2,585,368 
6,612  
2,591,980 

604,884 
— 
604,884 

2,388,643 
— 
2,388,643 

$

$

$

$

259,365 
6,648 
(1,277) 
— 
844 
— 
265,580 

$

$

39.6%

40.6%

(129,488)  $
4,752 
— 
1,138 
— 

229,426 
6,039 
— 
2,044 
56 
— 
237,565 

$

$

37.9%

39.3%

(114,236)  $
3,727 
— 
— 
1,013 

1,008,412 
28,130  
6,612  
1,833  
2,188  
—  
1,047,175 

$

$

39.0 %

40.4 %

(525,918)  $
35,039  
2,634  
1,664  
94  

(486,487)    $

934,753 
32,562 
— 
6,133 
56 
798 
974,302 

39.1%

40.8%

(461,022) 
9,991 
— 
— 
1,013 

(450,018) 

Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses 

$

(123,598)  $

(109,496)  $

 
 
 
 
                            
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GAAP research and development expenses 

Severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs 

Adjusted research and development expenses 

GAAP net income attributable to Belden 

Interest expense, net 

Income tax expense 

Loss on debt extinguishment 

Noncontrolling interest 

Total non-operating adjustments 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs 

Deferred revenue adjustments 

Costs related to patent litigation 

Purchase accounting effects related to acquisitions 

Amortization of software development intangible assets 

    Non-operating pension settlement loss 

Loss on sale of assets 

Accelerated depreciation 

    Gain from patent litigation 

Total operating income adjustments 

Depreciation expense 

Adjusted EBITDA 

GAAP net income margin 

Adjusted EBITDA margin 

GAAP net income attributable to Belden 

Operating income adjustments from above 

Loss on debt extinguishment 

Tax effect of adjustments above 

Impact of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enactment 

Amortization expense attributable to noncontrolling 
interest, net of tax 

Adjusted net income attributable to Belden 

GAAP net income attributable to Belden 

Less:  Preferred stock dividends 

GAAP net income attributable to Belden common 
stockholders 

Adjusted net income attributable to Belden common 
stockholders 

GAAP income per diluted share attributable to Belden 
common stockholders 

Adjusted income per diluted share attributable to Belden 
common stockholders 

GAAP diluted weighted average shares 

Adjustment for assumed conversion of preferred stock 
into common stock 

Adjusted diluted weighted average shares 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

(134,330) 
237 

(134,093) 

93,210 
82,901 
6,495 
52,441 
(357) 
141,480 

103,997 
42,790 
— 
— 
6,133 
56 
— 
1,013 
798 
— 
154,787 
44,799 

434,276 

3.9%

18.2%

93,210 
154,787 
52,441 
(63,796) 
28,440 

(63) 
265,019 

93,210 
34,931 

(32,804)  $
203 

(29,222)  $
185 

(32,601)  $

(29,037)  $

$

43,526 
15,021 
13,556 
— 
(35) 
28,542 

23,839 
11,603 
(1,277) 
— 
1,138 
844 
1,342 
— 
— 
— 
37,489 
12,053 

$

30,519 
16,477 
13,168 
— 
(83) 
29,562 

26,053 
9,951 
— 
— 
2,044 
56 
— 
1,013 
— 
— 
39,117 
11,003 

(140,585)  $
5,444  

  $

(135,141)    $
160,894 
61,559  
59,619  
22,990  

(183 )   

143,985  

98,829  
68,613  
6,612  
2,634  
3,497  
2,188  
1,342  
94  
—  
(62,141 )   
121,668  
47,615  

121,610 

$

110,201 

$

474,162 

  $

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

6.6%

18.6%

43,526 
37,489 
— 
(7,979) 
4,689 

(16) 
77,709 

43,526 
8,733 

34,793

77,709

0.87

1.66

40,031 

6,857
46,888 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

5.0%

18.2%

30,519 
39,117 
— 
(19,046) 
28,440 

(16) 
79,014 

30,519 
8,733 

21,786

79,014

0.51

1.62

42,581 

6,268
48,849 

6.2 %

18.3 %

  $

160,894 
121,668  
22,990  
(25,838 )   
9,997  

(66 )   

289,645 

160,894 
34,931  

  $

  $

125,963

  $

58,279

289,645

  $

265,019

3.08

  $

6.06

  $

40,956  

6,857 
47,813  

1.37

5.35

42,643 

6,857
49,500 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BELDEN INC. 
RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES 
(Unaudited) 

We define free cash flow, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, as net cash from operating activities adjusted for capital 
expenditures net of the proceeds from the disposal of tangible assets. We believe free cash flow provides useful information to 
investors  regarding  our  ability  to  generate  cash  from  business  operations  that  is  available  for  acquisitions  and  other 
investments,  service  of  debt  principal,  dividends  and  share  repurchases.  We  use  free  cash  flow,  as  defined,  as  one  financial 
measure  to  monitor  and  evaluate  performance  and  liquidity.  Non-GAAP  financial  measures  should  be  considered  only  in 
conjunction with financial measures reported according to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our 
definition of free cash flow may differ from definitions used by other companies. 

GAAP net cash provided by operating activities 

Capital expenditures, net of proceeds from the 
disposal of tangible assets 

Non-GAAP free cash flow 

$

$

Three Months Ended

Twelve Months Ended

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017 

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017 

188,361 $

151,685 $

289,220   $

255,300

(In thousands) 

(34,372)

(29,807)

153,989 $

121,878 $

(96,267) 
192,953     $

(63,222)

192,078

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 
(Mark One) 
(cid:59)    Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934(cid:3)
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 
or 
(cid:134)    Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934(cid:3)
For the transition period from              to  

Commission File No. 001-12561 
BELDEN INC. 
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) 

Delaware 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of 
Incorporation or Organization) 

36-3601505 
(IRS Employer 
Identification No.) 

1 North Brentwood Boulevard 
15th Floor 
St. Louis, Missouri 63105 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices and Zip Code) 
(314) 854-8000 
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value 
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/100th interest in a 
share of 6.75% Series B Mandatory Converible Preferred Stock

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered 
The New York Stock Exchange 

The New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities 
Act.     Yes  (cid:59)   No  (cid:134). 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 
Act.    Yes  (cid:134)  No  (cid:59). 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to 
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  (cid:59)  No  (cid:134). 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and 
will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by 
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  (cid:59) 

 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every 
interactive data file required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (section 232.405 of this 
chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such 
files).    Yes  (cid:59)    No  (cid:134). 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller 
reporting  company,  or  an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,” 
“smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer (cid:59)          
Non-accelerated filer (cid:133)     
Emerging growth company (cid:133) 

Accelerated filer (cid:133) 
Smaller reporting company (cid:133)(cid:3)  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period 
for  complying  with  any  new  or  revised  financial  accounting  standards  provided  pursuant  to  Section  13(a)  of  the  Exchange 
Act.  (cid:133) 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). 
Yes  (cid:134)   No   (cid:59). 

At July 1, 2018, the aggregate market value of Common Stock of Belden Inc. held by non-affiliates was $1,874,027,335 based 
on the closing price ($61.12) of such stock on such date. 

There were 39,399,412 shares of registrant’s Common Stock outstanding on February 15, 2019. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

The registrant intends to file a definitive proxy statement for its annual meeting of stockholders within 120 days of the end of 
the  fiscal  year  ended  December 31,  2018  (the  “Proxy  Statement”).  Portions  of  such  proxy  statement  are  incorporated  by 
reference into Part III. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name of Item 

Page 

  Business 

Form 10-K 
Item No. 
Part I 
Item 1. 
Item 1A.    Risk Factors 
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

  Properties 
  Legal Proceedings 
  Mine Safety Disclosures 

  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Shareholder Matters 
  Selected Financial Data 
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Part II 
Item 5. 
Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures 
Item 9B.    Other Information 

  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Part III 
Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 

Item 13. 
Item 14. 

Part IV. 
Item 15. 

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
  Executive Compensation 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder 
Matters 
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 
  Signatures 

2
10
17
17
18
18

19
21
26
43
45
93
93
97

97
97

97
97
97

98
102

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
Part I 

Item 1.    Business 

General 

Belden  Inc.  (Belden,  the  Company,  us,  we,  or  our)  is  an  innovative  signal  transmission  solutions  company  built  around  two 
global business platforms – Enterprise Solutions and Industrial Solutions. Each of  the global business platforms represents a 
reportable segment. Financial information about our segments appears in Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Our  comprehensive  portfolio  of  signal  transmission  solutions  provides  industry  leading  secure  and  reliable  transmission  of 
data, sound, and video for mission critical applications. We sell our products to distributors, end-users, installers, and directly to 
original  equipment  manufacturers  (OEMs).  Belden  Inc.  is  a  Delaware  corporation  incorporated  in  1988,  but  the  Company’s 
roots date back to its founding by Joseph Belden in 1902. 

As  used  herein,  unless  an  operating  segment  is  identified  or  the  context  otherwise  requires,  “Belden,”  the  “Company”,  and 
“we” refer to Belden Inc. and its subsidiaries as a whole. 

Strategy and Business Model 

Our business model is designed to generate shareholder value: 

•  

•  

•  

Operational Excellence—The core of our business model is operational excellence and the execution of our 
Belden  Business  System.  The  Belden  Business  System  has  three  areas  of  focus.  First,  we  demonstrate  a 
commitment  to  Lean  enterprise  initiatives,  which  improve  not  only  the  quality  and  efficiency  of  the 
manufacturing  environment,  but  our  business  processes  on  a  company-wide  basis.  Second,  we  utilize  our 
Market Delivery System (MDS), a go-to-market model that provides the foundation for organic growth. We 
believe that organic growth, resulting from both market growth and share capture, is essential to our success. 
Finally,  our  Talent  Management  System  supports  the  development  of  our  associates  at  all  levels,  which 
preserves the culture necessary to operate our business consistently and sustainably. 

Cash Generation—Our pursuit of operational excellence results in the generation of significant cash flow. 
We generated cash flows from operating activities of $289.2 million, $255.3 million, and $314.8 million in 
2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. 

Portfolio  Improvement—We  utilize  the  cash  flow  generated  by  our  business  to  fuel  our  continued 
transformation and generate shareholder value. We continuously improve our portfolio to ensure we provide 
the most complete, end-to-end solutions to our customers. Our portfolio is designed with balance across end 
markets  and  geographies  to  ensure  we  can  meet  our  goals  in  most  economic  environments.  We  have  a 
disciplined acquisition cultivation, execution, and integration system that allows us to invest in outstanding 
companies that strengthen our capabilities and enhance our ability to serve our customers. 

Segments 

We operate our business under the two segments – Enterprise Solutions and Industrial Solutions. A synopsis of the segments is 
included below: 

Enterprise Solutions 

The Enterprise Solutions (Enterprise) segment is a leading provider in network infrastructure solutions, as well as cabling and 
connectivity solutions for broadcast, commercial audio/video, and security applications. We serve customers in markets such as 
healthcare,  education,  financial,  government,  and  corporate  enterprises,  as  well  as  end-markets,  including  sport  venues, 
broadcast  studios,  and  academias.  Enterprise  product  lines  include  copper  cable  and  connectivity  solutions,  fiber  cable  and 
connectivity  solutions,  and  racks  and  enclosures.  Our  products  are  used  in  applications  such  as  local  area  networks,  data 
centers,  access  control,  and  building  automation.  Enterprise  provides  true  end-to-end  copper  and  fiber  network  systems  to 

2 

 
 
include cable, assemblies, interconnect panels, and enclosures. Our products are also used in a variety of applications, including 
live  production  and  performance,  video  display  and  digital  signage,  and  corporate  communications. Our  high-performance 
solutions support all networking protocols up to and including 100G+ Ethernet technologies. Enterprise’s innovative products 
can deliver data in addition to power over Ethernet, which meets the higher performance requirements driven by the increasing 
number of connections in smart buildings. Enterprise products also include intelligent power, cooling, and airflow management 
for  mission-critical  data  center  operations.  The  Enterprise  product  portfolio  is  designed  to  support  Internet  Protocol 
convergence, the increased use of wireless communications, and cloud-based data centers by our customers. Our systems are 
installed through a network of highly trained system integrators and are supplied through authorized distributors. 

Industrial Solutions 

The Industrial Solutions (Industrial) segment is a leading provider of high performance networking components and machine 
connectivity  products.  Industrial  products  include  physical  network  and  fieldbus  infrastructure  components  and  on-machine 
connectivity systems customized to end user and OEM needs. Products are designed to provide reliability and confidence of 
performance for a wide range of industrial automation applications. Our products are used in applications such as network and 
fieldbus  infrastructure;  sensor  and  actuator  connectivity;  power,  control,  and  data  transmission.  Industrial  products  include 
solutions  such  as  industrial  and  input/output  (I/O)  connectors,  industrial  cables,  IP  and  networking  cables,  I/O  modules, 
distribution boxes, ruggedized controls and sensors, and customer specific wiring solutions. 

Our industrial cable products are used in discrete manufacturing and process operations involving the connection of computers, 
programmable  controllers,  robots,  operator  interfaces,  motor  drives,  sensors,  printers,  and  other  devices.  Many  industrial 
environments, such as petrochemical and other harsh-environment operations, require cables with exterior armor or jacketing 
that  can  endure  physical  abuse  and  exposure  to  chemicals,  extreme  temperatures,  and  outside  elements.  Other  applications 
require  conductors,  insulating,  and  jacketing  materials  that  can  withstand  repeated  flexing.  In  addition  to  cable  product 
configurations for these applications, we supply heat-shrinkable tubing and wire management products to protect and organize 
wire and cable assemblies. Our industrial connector products are primarily used as sensor and actuator connections in factory 
automation supporting various fieldbus protocols as well as power connections in building automation. These products are used 
both as components of manufacturing equipment and in the installation and networking of such equipment. 

Industrial Solutions products are sold directly to industrial equipment OEMs and through a network of industrial distributors, 
value-added resellers, and system integrators. 

See Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our segments. 

Acquisitions 

A key part of our business strategy includes acquiring companies to support our growth and product portfolio. Our acquisition 
strategy is based upon targeting leading companies that offer innovative products and strong brands. We utilize a disciplined 
approach  to  acquisitions  based  on  product  and  market  opportunities.  When  we  identify  acquisition  candidates,  we  conduct 
rigorous financial and cultural analyses to make certain that they meet both our strategic plan targets and our goal for return on 
invested capital of 13-15%. 

We have completed a number of acquisitions in recent years as part of this strategy. Most recently, in April 2018 we acquired 
Net-Tech Technology, Inc. (NT2). NT2 is an integrator of optical passive components and network optimization products used 
within  broadband  network  applications  where  optical  backhaul  is  used.  The  results  of  NT2  have  been  included  in  our 
Consolidated Financial Statements from April 25, 2018, and are reported within the Enterprise Solutions segment. 

In  February  2018,  we  acquired  Snell  Advanced  Media  (SAM).  SAM  designs,  manufactures,  and  sells  innovative  content 
production  and  distribution  systems  for  the  broadcast  and  media  markets.  The  results  of  SAM  have  been  included  in  our 
Consolidated Financial Statements from February 8, 2018, and are reported within the Enterprise Solutions segment. 

3 

 
In  May 2017,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  Thinklogical  Holdings,  LLC  (Thinklogical),  a  leading  provider  of  secure, 
centralized KVM video switches to the command and control market. The results of Thinklogical have been included in our 
Consolidated Financial Statements from the acquisition date and are reported in the Enterprise Solutions segment. 

In January 2016, we acquired M2FX Limited (M2FX), a manufacturer of fiber optic cable and fiber protection solutions for 
broadband  and  telecommunications  networks.  The  results  of  M2FX  have  been  included  in  our  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements from the acquisition date and are reported in the Enterprise Solutions segment. 

For more information regarding these transactions, see Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Customers 

We  sell  to  distributors,  OEMs,  installers,  and  end-users.  Sales  to  the  distributor  Anixter  International  Inc.  represented 
approximately 12% of our consolidated revenues in 2018. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenues in 
2018. 

We have supply agreements with distributors and OEM customers. In general, our customers are not contractually obligated to 
buy our products exclusively, in minimum amounts, or for a significant period of time. We believe that our relationships with 
our customers and distributors are good and that they are loyal to Belden products as a result of our reputation, the breadth of 
our  product  portfolio,  the  quality  and  performance  characteristics  of  our  products,  and  our  customer  service  and  technical 
support, among other reasons. 

International Operations 

In  addition  to  manufacturing  facilities  in  the  United  States  (U.S.),  we  have  manufacturing  and  other  operating  facilities  in 
Brazil,  Canada,  China,  India,  Japan,  Mexico,  and  St.  Kitts,  as  well  as  in  various  countries  in  Europe.  During  2018, 
approximately 49% of Belden’s sales were to customers outside the U.S. Our primary channels to international markets include 
both distributors and direct sales to end users and OEMs. 

Financial information for Belden by country is shown in Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Competition 

We face substantial competition in our major markets. The number and size of our competitors vary depending on the product 
line and segment. Some multinational competitors have greater financial, engineering, manufacturing, and marketing resources 
than we have. There are also many regional competitors that have more limited product offerings. 

The markets in which we operate can be generally categorized as highly competitive with many players. In order to maximize 
our competitive advantages, we manage our product portfolio to capitalize on secular trends and high-growth applications in 
those  markets.  Based  on  available  data  for  our  served  markets,  we  estimate  that  our  market  share  across  our  segments  is 
significant, ranging from approximately 5% – 20%. A substantial acquisition in one of our served markets would be necessary 
to meaningfully change our estimated market share percentage. 

The principal competitive factors in all our product markets are technical features, quality, availability, price, customer support, 
and distribution coverage. The relative importance of each of these factors varies depending on the customer. Some products 
are manufactured to meet published industry specifications and are less differentiated on the basis of product characteristics. 
We believe that Belden stands out in many of its markets on the basis of our reputation, the breadth of our product portfolio, the 
quality and performance characteristics of our products, our customer service, and our technical support. 

4 

 
 
 
Research and Development 

We  conduct  research  and  development  on  an  ongoing  basis,  including  new  and  existing  hardware  and  software  product 
development,  testing  and  analysis,  and  process  and  equipment  development  and  testing.  See  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Operations for amounts incurred for research and development. Many of the markets we serve are characterized by advances in 
information  processing  and  communications  capabilities,  including  advances  driven  by  the  expansion  of  digital  technology, 
which require increased transmission speeds and greater bandwidth. Our markets are also subject to increasing requirements for 
mobility, information security, and transmission reliability. Some of our markets are using workflows and resources in public 
and private cloud and showing preference for software products delivered as services. We believe that our future success will 
depend in part upon our ability to enhance existing products and to develop, manufacture and deliver new products that meet or 
anticipate such changes in our served markets. 

In  our  Enterprise  Solutions  segment,  the  trend  towards  increasingly  complex  broadcast  production,  management,  and 
distribution  environments  continues  to  evolve.  Our  end-user  customers  need  to  increase  efficiency  and  enhance  workflow 
through  systems  and  infrastructure.  Our  broadcast  products  allow  content  producers,  broadcasters,  and  service  providers  to 
manage the increasingly complex broadcast signals throughout their operations. In order to support the demand for additional 
bandwidth  and  to  improve  service  integrity,  broadband  service  providers  are  investing  in  their  networks  to  enhance  delivery 
capabilities to customers for the foreseeable future. Additional bandwidth requirements resulting from increased traffic expose 
weak points in the network, which are often connectivity related, causing broadband service operators to improve and upgrade 
residential networks with higher performing connectivity products. 

In  our  Industrial  Solutions  segment,  there  is  a  compelling  need  among  global  enterprises,  service  providers  and  government 
agencies to detect, prevent and respond to cyber security threats. This is a long-standing need within corporate networks, but 
we  believe  the  rapid  proliferation  of  new  devices  in  the  “internet  of  things”  will  cause  this  need  to  broaden  and 
accelerate. Additionally,  cyber-attacks  are  moving  beyond  traditional  targets  into  critical  infrastructure,  which  will  further 
amplify the importance of our work in network security. Furthermore, there is a growing trend toward adoption of Industrial 
Ethernet technology, bringing to the critical infrastructure the advantages of digital communication and the ability to network 
devices made by different manufacturers and integrate them with enterprise systems. While the adoption of this technology is at 
a more advanced stage in certain regions of the world, we believe that the trend will globalize. This trend will also lead to a 
rising need for wireless systems for some applications and for cybersecurity to protect this critical infrastructure. Part of our 
research  and  development  is  focused  on  creating  scalable,  efficient  technologies  to  provide  real-time  instrumentation  and 
analytics  across  entire  networks.  This  includes  delivering  high-fidelity  visibility  and  deep  intelligence  about  networked 
systems, their vulnerabilities, and providing actionable information about how to effectively secure them. Additionally, we have 
highly-skilled  and  active  research  teams  who  analyze  current  and  anticipated  threats,  and  provide  offerings  to  the  market  to 
enable customers to quickly detect and resolve cybersecurity threats. 

Our  research  and  development  efforts  are  also  focused  on  fiber  optic  technology,  which  presents  a  potential  substitute  for 
certain of the copper-based products that comprise a portion of our revenues. Fiber optic cables have certain advantages over 
copper-based cables in applications where large amounts of information must travel significant distances and where high levels 
of information security are required. While the cost to interface electronic and optical light signals and to terminate and connect 
optical fiber remains comparatively high, we expect that in future years the cost difference versus traditional copper networks 
will diminish. We sell fiber optic infrastructure, and many customers specify these products in combination with copper-based 
infrastructure. The final stage of most networks remains almost exclusively copper-based, and we expect that it will continue to 
be copper for the foreseeable future. However, if a significant decrease in the cost of fiber optic systems relative to the cost of 
copper-based  systems  were  to  occur,  such  systems  could  become  superior  on  a  price/performance  basis  to  copper-based 
systems. Part of our research and development efforts focus on expanding our fiber-optic based product portfolio. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Patents and Trademarks 

We  have  a  policy  of  seeking  patents  when  appropriate  on  inventions  concerning  new  products,  product  improvements,  and 
advances  in  equipment  and  processes  as  part  of  our  ongoing  research,  development,  and  manufacturing  activities.  We  own 
many  patents  and  registered  trademarks  worldwide  that  are  used  by  our  operating  segments,  with  pending  applications  for 
numerous others. We consider our patents and trademarks to be valuable assets. Our most prominent trademarks are: Belden®, 
Alpha  Wire™,  Mohawk®,  West  Penn  Wire™,  Hirschmann®,  Lumberg  Automation™,  GarrettCom®,  Poliron™,  Tofino®, 
PPC®, Grass Valley®, ProSoft Technology®, Tripwire®, and Thinklogical®. 

Raw Materials 

The  principal  raw  material  used  in  many  of  our  cable  products  is  copper.  Other  materials  we  purchase  in  large  quantities 
include  fluorinated  ethylene-propylene  (FEP),  polyvinyl  chloride  (PVC),  polyethylene,  aluminum-clad  steel  and  copper-clad 
steel conductors, aluminum, brass, other metals, optical fiber, printed circuit boards, and electronic components. With respect to 
all  major  raw materials  used  by us, we generally have  either alternative  sources of  supply or  access  to alternative materials. 
Supplies of these materials are generally adequate and are expected to remain so for the foreseeable future. 

Over the past three years, the prices of metals, particularly copper, have been highly volatile. The chart below illustrates the 
high and low spot prices per pound of copper over the last three years. 

Copper spot prices per pound 

High 
Low 

2018

2017 

2016

$
$

3.29 $
2.56 $

3.29    $
2.48    $

2.69
1.94

Prices for materials such as PVC and other plastics derived from petrochemical feedstocks have also fluctuated. Since Belden 
utilizes the first in, first out (FIFO) inventory costing methodology, the impact of copper and other raw material cost changes 
on our cost of goods sold is delayed by approximately two months based on our rate of inventory turnover. 

While we generally are able to adjust our pricing for fluctuations in commodity prices, we can experience short-term favorable 
or unfavorable variances. When the cost of raw materials increases, we are generally able to recover these costs through higher 
pricing of our finished products. The majority of our products are sold through distribution, and we manage the pricing of these 
products through published price lists, which we update from time to time, with new prices typically taking effect a few weeks 
after  they  are  announced.  Some  OEM  customer  contracts  have  provisions  for  passing  through  raw  material  cost  changes, 
generally with a lag of a few weeks to three months. 

Backlog 

Our business is characterized generally by short-term order and shipment schedules. Our backlog consists of product orders for 
which we have received a customer purchase order or purchase commitment and which have not yet been shipped. Orders are 
generally subject to cancellation or rescheduling by the customer. As of December 31, 2018, our backlog of orders believed to 
be firm was $287.9 million. The majority of the backlog at December 31, 2018 is scheduled to be shipped in 2019. 

Environmental Matters 

We are subject to numerous federal, state, provincial, local, and foreign laws and regulations relating to the storage, handling, 
emission,  and  discharge  of  materials  into  the  environment,  including  the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response, 
Compensation, and Liability Act; the Clean Water Act; the Clean Air Act; the Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-
Know Act;  the  Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery Act;  and  similar  laws  in  the  other  countries  in  which  we  operate.  We 
believe that our existing environmental control procedures and accrued liabilities are adequate, and we have no current plans 
for substantial capital expenditures in this area. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
Employees 

As  of  December 31,  2018,  we  had  approximately  9,000  employees  worldwide. We  also  utilized  approximately  400  workers 
under contract manufacturing arrangements. Approximately 1,900 employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements 
at various locations around the world. We believe our relationship with our employees is generally good. 

Available Information 

We  file  annual,  quarterly,  and  current  reports,  proxy  statements,  and  other  information  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission  (SEC).  These  reports,  proxy  statements,  and  other  information  contain  additional  information  about  us.  These 
electronic SEC filings are available on the SEC's web site at www.sec.gov. 

Belden maintains an Internet web site at www.belden.com where our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 
10-Q,  Current  Reports  on  Form  8-K,  proxy  statements,  and  all  amendments  to  those  reports  and  statements  are  available 
without charge, as soon as reasonably practicable following the time they are filed with or furnished to the SEC. 

We will provide upon written request and without charge a printed copy of our Annual Report on Form 10-K. To obtain such a 
copy, please write to the Corporate Secretary, Belden Inc., 1 North Brentwood Boulevard, 15th Floor, St. Louis, MO 63105. 

Executive Officers 

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  with  respect  to  the  persons  who  were  Belden  executive  officers  as  of 
February 19, 2019. All executive officers are elected to terms that expire at the organizational meeting of the Board of Directors 
following the Annual Meeting of Shareholders. 

Name 
John Stroup 
Brian Anderson 
Henk Derksen 
Leo Kulmaczewski 
Dean McKenna 
Glenn Pennycook 
Ross Rosenberg 
Dhrupad Trivedi 
Paul Turner 
Roel Vestjens 
Doug Zink 

  Age   Position 
  52 
  44 
  50 
  53 
  50 
  56 
  49 
  52 
  55 
  44 
  43 

  President, Chief Executive Officer, and Chairman
  Senior Vice President, Legal, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary 
  Senior Vice President, Finance, and Chief Financial Officer 
  Senior Vice President, Operations and Lean Enterprise 
  Senior Vice President, Human Resources 
  Executive Vice President, Enterprise Solutions 
  Senior Vice President, Strategy and Corporate Development 
  Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer and President, Tripwire 
  Senior Vice President, Sales 
  Executive Vice President, Industrial Solutions 
  Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer 

John Stroup has been President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board since October 2005. He was elected as 
Chairman of the Board on November 30, 2016. From 2000 to the date of his appointment with the Company, he was employed 
by Danaher Corporation, a manufacturer of professional instrumentation, industrial technologies, and tools and components. At 
Danaher, he initially served as Vice President, Business Development. He was promoted to President of a division of Danaher’s 
Motion  Group  and  later  to  Group  Executive  of  the  Motion  Group.  Earlier,  he  was Vice  President  of  Marketing  and  General 
Manager  with  Scientific  Technologies  Inc.  He  has  a  B.S.  in  Mechanical  Engineering  from  Northwestern  University  and  an 
M.B.A. from the University of California at Berkeley Haas School of Business. 

Brian Anderson  has  been  Senior  Vice  President,  Legal,  General  Counsel  and  Corporate  Secretary  since April 2015.  Prior  to 
that,  he  served  as  Corporate Attorney  for  the  Company  from  May  2008  through  March 2015.  Prior  to  joining  Belden,  Mr. 
Anderson was in private practice at the law firm Lewis Rice. Mr. Anderson has a B.S.B. in Accounting and an M.B.A. from 
Eastern Illinois University and holds a J.D. from Washington University in St. Louis. 

7 

 
 
Henk Derksen has been Senior Vice President, Finance, and Chief Financial Officer since January 2012. Prior to that, he served 
as Vice President, Corporate Finance from July 2011 to December 2011 and Treasurer and Vice President, Financial Planning 
and Analysis of the Company from January 2010 to July 2011. In August of 2003, he became Vice President, Finance for the 
Company’s EMEA division, after joining the Company at the end of 2000. Prior to joining the Company, he was Vice President 
and  Controller  of  Plukon  Poultry,  a  food  processing  company  from  1998  to  2000,  and  has  5  years’  experience  in  public 
accounting with Price Waterhouse and Baker Tilly. Mr. Derksen has a M.A. in Accounting from the University of Arnhem in 
the Netherlands and holds a doctoral degree in Business Economics in addition to an Executive Master of Finance & Control 
from Tias Business School in the Netherlands. 

Leo  Kulmaczewski  was  appointed  Senior  Vice  President,  Operations  and  Lean  Enterprise  in  October 2018. Prior  to  joining 
Belden, Mr. Kulmaczewski was employed by Leica Biosystems, a division of Danaher Corporation, in various operations roles 
in the medical devices industry, the most recent of which was Vice President, Operations, Global Supply Chain and Danaher 
Business  System. Prior  to  joining  Leica  in  2014,  he  worked  for  Thermo  Fisher  Scientific,  Honeywell  and  Motorola,  among 
other  companies.   Mr. Kulmaczewski  has  a  B.S.  in  Industrial  Engineering  from  the  University  of Wisconsin  and  an  M.B.A. 
from DePaul University. 

Dean  McKenna  was  appointed  Senior Vice President,  Human  Resources  in  May 2015.  Prior  to joining  Belden, he was Vice 
President of Human Resources for the international business of SC Johnson. Prior to SC Johnson, he worked in various senior 
international human resource, organizational development and talent positions at Ingredion, Akzo Nobel and ICI Group PLC. 
He received his degree in Strategic Human Resource Management at the Nottingham Business School in the United Kingdom. 

Glenn Pennycook has been Executive Vice President, Enterprise Solutions since February 2018. Prior to that, Mr. Pennycook 
was  Executive  Vice  President,  Enterprise  Solutions  and  Broadband  Solutions  from  February  2017  to  February  2018  and 
Executive Vice President, Enterprise Solutions from May 2013 to February 2017. Before serving in that role, Mr. Pennycook as 
President of the Enterprise Solutions Division, after joining Belden in November 2008. Prior to joining the Company, he spent 
5 years with Pregis Corporation as Director of Operations for Protective Packaging Europe, and was promoted to Managing 
Director for Western Europe in 2005. He has a degree in Chemical Engineering from McMaster University, Hamilton Ontario, 
Canada. 

Ross Rosenberg was appointed Senior Vice President of Strategy & Corporate Development at the Company in February 2013, 
and  became  an  executive  officer  in  May  2014.  Prior  to  joining  the  Company,  he  led  corporate  development  and  global 
marketing  at  First  Solar,  the  world’s  largest  provider  of  utility-scale  solar  power  plant  solutions.  Prior  to  First  Solar,  Mr. 
Rosenberg ran a division of Danaher, a large diversified industrial technology company. At Danaher, he held several executive 
management  roles,  as  well  as  vice  president,  marketing  for  a  division  and  group  vice  president,  strategy  and  business 
development. Mr. Rosenberg holds a B.S. in Accounting from University of Illinois, an M.B.A. from The Wharton School at 
the University of Pennsylvania and is a Certified Public Accountant. 

Dhrupad Trivedi has been Executive Vice President,  Chief Technology  Officer  and  President, Tripwire since  February 2018.  
Prior  to  that,  Mr. Trivedi  was  Executive Vice  President,  Network  Solutions  from  January  2017  to  February  2018,  Executive 
Vice  President  of  the  former  Network  Security  Solutions  segment  from  August  2016  to  January  2017  and  Executive  Vice 
President of the former Industrial IT Solutions segment from April 2013 to August 2016. Mr. Trivedi fulfilled other corporate 
development, strategy and general management roles in his earlier Belden career dating back to January 2010. Prior to joining 
the Company, he was responsible for General Management and Corporate Development roles at JDS Uniphase. Mr. Trivedi has 
an MBA from Duke University and a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from University of Massachusetts, Amherst. 

Paul  Turner  has  been  Senior  Vice  President,  Sales  since  February  2017.  Mr.  Turner  joined  Belden  in  2006,  and  has  held  a 
variety  of  roles  of  increasing  responsibility  within  Belden’s  sales  organization  since  that  time.  Before  joining  Belden,  Mr. 
Turner spent five years in the private sector in a subcontract manufacturing company based in the United Kingdom, ultimately 
serving  in  the  post  of  Managing  Director.  Prior  to  that  experience,  Mr. Turner  spent  13  years  with  the  3M  Company  in  the 
United Kingdom, holding roles of increasing responsibility within 3M’s commercial organization across the EMEA region. 

8 

 
Roel Vestjens has been Executive Vice President, Industrial Solutions since February 2018. Prior to that, he was the Executive 
Vice President, Industrial Solutions and Broadcast IT Solutions from January 2017 to February 2018 and the Executive Vice 
President, Broadcast Solutions from March 2014 to January 2017. Mr. Vestjens joined Belden in 2006 as Director of Marketing 
for the EMEA region. In April 2008, Mr. Vestjens was promoted to Director of Sales and Marketing for the Industrial Solutions 
business, and in January 2009, he was appointed General Manager of Belden’s Wire and Cable Systems business in EMEA. Mr. 
Vestjens relocated to Asia in November 2010, and became President of the APAC OEM business, followed by President of all 
APAC Operations in May 2012. Mr. Vestjens joined Belden from Royal Philips Electronics where he held various European 
sales  and  marketing  positions.  Mr.  Vestjens  holds  a  bachelor  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  and  a  Master  of  Science  and 
Management degree from Nyenrode Business University in the Netherlands. 

Doug  Zink  has  been Vice  President  and  Chief Accounting  Officer  since  September  2013.  Prior  to  that,  he  has  served  as  the 
Company’s Vice President, Internal Audit; Corporate Controller; and Director of Financial Reporting, after joining Belden in 
May  2007.  Prior  to  joining  the  Company,  he  was  a  Financial  Reporting  Manager  at  TLC  Vision  Corporation,  an  eye  care 
service  company,  from  2004  to  2007,  and  has  five  years  of  experience  in  public  accounting  with  KPMG  LLP  and  Arthur 
Andersen  LLP.  He  holds  Bachelor’s  and  Master’s Degrees  in Accounting from Texas Christian University  and  is  a  Certified 
Public Accountant. 

Cautionary Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 

We make forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in other materials we file with the SEC or otherwise 
release to the public, and on our website. In addition, our senior management might make forward-looking statements orally to 
investors,  analysts,  the  media,  and  others.  Statements  concerning  our  future  operations,  prospects,  strategies,  financial 
condition, future economic performance (including growth and earnings) and demand for our products and services, and other 
statements of our plans, beliefs, or expectations, including the statements contained in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,”  that  are  not  historical  facts,  are  forward-looking  statements.  In 
some cases these statements are identifiable through the use of words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “forecast,” 
“guide,”  “expect,”  “intend,”  “plan,”  “project,”  “target,”  “can,”  “could,”  “may,”  “should,”  “will,”  “would,”  and  similar 
expressions.  The  forward-looking  statements  we  make  are  not  guarantees  of  future  performance  and  are  subject  to  various 
assumptions, risks, and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by these forward-
looking statements. These factors include, among others, those set forth in the following section and in the other documents that 
we file with the SEC. 

We  expressly  disclaim  any  obligation  to  update  or  revise  any  forward-looking  statements,  whether  as  a  result  of  new 
information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. 

9 

 
 
 
 
Item 1A.   Risk Factors 

Following  is  a  discussion  of  some  of  the  more  significant  risks  that  could  materially  impact  our  business.  There  may  be 
additional  risks  that  impact  our  business  that  we  currently  do  not  recognize  as,  or  that  are  not  currently,  material  to  our 
business. 

We may be unable to achieve our goals related to growth. 

In order to meet the goals in our strategic plan, we must grow our business, both organically and through acquisitions. Our goal 
is to generate total revenue growth of 5-7% per year in constant currency. We may be unable to achieve this desired growth due 
to a failure to identify growth opportunities, such as trends and technological changes in our end markets. We may ineffectively 
execute our Market Delivery System (“MDS”), which is designed to identify and capture growth opportunities. The broadcast, 
enterprise,  and  industrial  end  markets  we  serve  may  not  experience  the  growth  we  expect.  Further,  those  markets  may  be 
unable to sustain growth on a long-term basis, particularly in emerging markets. If we are unable to achieve our goals related to 
growth, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position, and cash flows. 

We may be unable to implement our strategic plan successfully. 

Our strategic plan is designed to continually enhance shareholder value by improving revenues and profitability, reducing costs, 
and improving working capital management. To achieve these goals, our strategic priorities are reliant on our Belden Business 
System,  which  includes  continuing  deployment  of  our  MDS  to  capture  market  share  through  end-user  engagement,  channel 
management,  outbound  marketing,  and  careful  vertical  market  selection;  improving  our  recruitment  and  development  of 
talented associates; developing strong global business platforms; acquiring businesses that fit our strategic plan; and becoming 
a leading Lean company. We have a disciplined process for deploying this strategic plan through our associates. There is a risk 
that  we  may  not  be  successful  in  developing  or  executing  these  measures  to  achieve  the  expected  results  for  a  variety  of 
reasons,  including  market  developments,  economic  conditions,  shortcomings  in  establishing  appropriate  action  plans,  or 
challenges  with  executing  multiple  initiatives  simultaneously.  For  example,  our  MDS  initiative  may  not  succeed  or  we  may 
lose  market  share  due  to  challenges  in  choosing  the  right  products  to  market  or  the  right  customers  for  these  products, 
integrating  products  of  acquired  companies  into  our  sales  and  marketing  strategy,  or  strategically  bidding  against  OEM 
partners. We may fail to identify growth opportunities. We may not be able to acquire businesses that fit our strategic plan on 
acceptable business terms, and we may not achieve our other strategic priorities. 

We may be unable to achieve our strategic priorities in emerging markets. 

Emerging markets are a significant focus of our strategic plan. The developing nature of these markets presents a number of 
risks.  We  may  be  unable  to  attract,  develop,  and  retain  appropriate  talent  to  manage  our  businesses  in  emerging  markets. 
Deterioration  of  social,  political,  labor,  or  economic  conditions  in  a  specific  country  or  region  may  adversely  affect  our 
operations or financial results. Emerging markets may not meet our growth expectations, and we may be unable to maintain 
such growth or to balance such growth with financial goals and compliance requirements. Among the risks in emerging market 
countries are bureaucratic intrusions and delays, contract compliance failures, engrained business partners that do not comply 
with local or U.S. law, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, fluctuating currencies and interest rates, limitations on the 
amount and nature of investments, restrictions on permissible forms and structures of investment, unreliable legal and financial 
infrastructure, regime disruption and political unrest, uncontrolled inflation and commodity prices, fierce local competition by 
companies  with  better  political  connections,  and  corruption.  In  addition,  the  costs  of  compliance  with  local  laws  and 
regulations in emerging markets may negatively impact our competitive position as compared to locally owned manufacturers. 

The increased influence of chief information officers and similar high-level executives may negatively impact demand for 
our products. 

As a result of the increasing interconnectivity of a wide variety of systems, chief information officers and similar executives are 
becoming more heavily involved in operation areas that have not historically been associated with information technology. As a 
result, CIOs and IT departments are exercising increased influence over the procurement and purchasing process at the expense 
of  engineers,  plant  managers  and  operation  personnel  that  have  historically  driven  demand  for  many  of  our  products. When 
making  purchasing  decisions,  CIO’s  often  value  interoperability,  standardization,  cloud-readiness  and  security  over  domain 

10 

 
 
expertise and niche application knowledge. As a result of the increasing influences of CIOs and IT departments, we may face 
increased competition from IT-industry companies that have not traditionally had major presences in the markets in which we 
operate. Further, the variance in considerations that drive purchasing decisions between CIOs and those with niche application 
expertise may result in increased competition based on price and a reduction in demand for our products. 

The  presence  of  substitute  products  in  the  marketplace  may  reduce  demand  for  our  products  and  negatively  impact  our 
business. 

Fiber optic systems are increasingly substitutable for copper based cable systems. Customers may shift demand to fiber optic 
systems with greater capabilities than copper based cable systems, leading to a reduction in demand for copper based cable. We 
may not be able to offset the effects of a reduction in demand for our copper-based cable systems with an increase in demand 
for our existing fiber optic systems. Further, the supply chain in the fiber market is highly constrained, with a small number of 
vertically integrated firms controlling critical inputs and the related intellectual property. Similarly, in our non-cable businesses, 
customers  could  rapidly  shift  the  methods  by  which  they  capture  and  transmit  signals  in  ways  that  could  lead  to  decreased 
demand  for our  current  or  future products. These factors, either together  or  in  isolation,  may  negatively  impact  revenue  and 
profitability. 

Our  future  success  depends  in  part  on  our  ability  to  develop  and  introduce  new  products  and  respond  to  changes  in 
customer preferences. 

Our markets are characterized by the introduction of products with increasing technological capabilities. Our success depends 
in part on our ability to anticipate and offer products that appeal to the changing needs and preferences of our customers in the 
various  markets  we  serve.  Developing  new  products  and  adapting  existing  products  to  meet  evolving  customer  expectations 
requires high  levels  of  innovation,  and  the development  process  may  be  lengthy  and  costly.  If we  are  not  able  to  anticipate, 
identify, develop and market products that respond to changes in customer preferences, demand for our products could decline. 

The relative costs and merits of our solutions could change in the future as various competing technologies address the market 
opportunities.  We  believe  that  our  future  success  will  depend  in  part  upon  our  ability  to  enhance  existing  products  and  to 
develop and manufacture new products that meet or anticipate technological changes, which will require continued investment 
in engineering, research and development, capital equipment, marketing, customer service, and technical support. We have long 
been  successful  in  introducing  successive  generations  of  more  capable  products,  but  if  we  were  to  fail  to  keep  pace  with 
technology  or  with  the  products  of  competitors,  we  might  lose  market  share  and  harm  our  reputation  and  position  as  a 
technology leader in our markets. See the discussion above in Part I, Item 1, under Research and Development. 

The increased prevalence of cloud computing may negatively impact certain aspects of our business. 

The nature in which many of our products are purchased or used is evolving with the increasing prevalence of cloud computing 
and other methods of off-premises computing and data storage. This may negatively impact one or more of our businesses in a 
number of ways, including: 

•   Consolidation of procurement power leading to the commoditization of IT products; 
•   Reduction in the demand for infrastructure products previously used to support on-site data centers; 
•   Lowering barriers to entry for certain markets, leading to new market entrants and enhanced competition; 
•   Preferences for software as a service billing and pricing models may reduce demand for non-cloud “packaged” 
software. 

Alterations to our product mix and go-to-market strategies designed to respond to the changes in the marketplace presented by 
cloud  computing  may  be  disruptive  to  our  business  and  lead  to  increase  expenses,  which  may  result  in  lower  revenues  and 
profitability. Further, if a competitor is able to more quickly or efficiently adapt, or if cloud computing results in significantly 
lower barriers to entry and new competitors enter our markets, demand for our products may be reduced. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
We must complete further acquisitions in order to achieve our strategic plan. 

In  order  to  meet  the  goals  in  our  strategic  plan,  we  must  complete  further  acquisitions.  The  extent  to  which  appropriate 
acquisitions  are  made  will  affect  our  overall  growth,  operating  results,  financial  condition,  and  cash  flows.  Our  ability  to 
acquire  businesses  successfully  will  decline  if  we  are  unable  to  identify  appropriate  acquisition  targets  consistent  with  our 
strategic  plan,  the  competition  among  potential  buyers  increases,  the  cost  of  acquiring  suitable  businesses  becomes  too 
expensive, or we lack sufficient sources of capital. As a result, we may be unable to make acquisitions or be forced to pay more 
or agree to less advantageous acquisition terms for the companies that we are able to acquire. 

We  may  have  difficulty  integrating  the  operations  of  acquired  businesses,  which  could  negatively  affect  our  results  of 
operations and profitability. 

We may have difficulty integrating acquired businesses and future acquisitions might not meet our performance expectations. 
Some of the integration challenges we might face include differences in corporate culture and management styles, additional or 
conflicting  governmental  regulations,  compliance  with  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  financial  reporting  that  is  not  in 
compliance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  disparate  company  policies  and  practices,  customer 
relationship issues, and retention of key personnel. In addition, management may be required to devote a considerable amount 
of time to the integration process, which could decrease the amount of time we have to manage the other businesses. We may 
not  be  able  to  integrate  operations  successfully  or  cost-effectively,  which  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  our  results  of 
operations  or  our  profitability.  The  process  of  integrating  operations  could  also  cause  some  interruption  of,  or  the  loss  of 
momentum in, the activities of acquired businesses. 

Our results of operations are subject to foreign and domestic political, economic, and other uncertainties and are affected 
by changes in currency exchange rates. 

In addition to manufacturing and other operating facilities in the U.S., we have manufacturing and other operating facilities in 
Brazil, Canada, China, India, Japan, Mexico, St. Kitts, and several European countries. We rely on suppliers in many countries, 
including China. Our foreign operations are subject to economic and political risks inherent in maintaining operations abroad 
such as economic and political destabilization, land use risks, international conflicts, restrictive actions by foreign governments, 
and  adverse  foreign  tax  laws.  In  addition  to  economic  and  political  risk,  a  risk  associated  with  our  European  manufacturing 
operations  is  the  higher  relative  expense  and  length  of  time  required  to  adjust  manufacturing  employment  capacity. We  also 
face political risks in the U.S., including tax or regulatory risks or potential adverse impacts from legislative impasses over, or 
significant legislative, regulatory or executive changes in fiscal or monetary policy and other foreign and domestic government 
policies, including, but not limited to, trade policies and import/export policies. 

Approximately  49%  of  our  sales  are  outside  the  U.S.  Other  than  the  U.S.  dollar,  the  principal  currencies  to  which  we  are 
exposed  through  our  manufacturing  operations,  sales,  and  related  cash  holdings  are  the  euro,  the  Canadian  dollar,  the  Hong 
Kong dollar, the Chinese yuan, the Japanese yen, the Mexican peso, the Australian dollar, the British pound, and the Brazilian 
real.  Generally,  we  have  revenues  and  costs  in  the  same  currency,  thereby  reducing  our  overall  currency  risk,  although  any 
realignment  of  our  manufacturing  capacity  among  our  global  facilities  could  alter  this  balance.  When  the  U.S.  dollar 
strengthens against other currencies, the results of our non-U.S. operations are translated at a lower exchange rate and thus into 
lower reported revenues and earnings. 

Changes in tax laws may adversely affect our financial position. 

We are a U.S.-based multinational company subject to tax in multiple U.S. and foreign tax jurisdictions. Significant judgment is 
required  in  determining  our  global  provision  for  income  taxes,  deferred  tax  assets  or  liabilities  and  in  evaluating  our  tax 
positions on a worldwide basis. While we believe our tax positions are consistent with the tax laws in the jurisdictions in which 
we  conduct  our  business,  it  is  possible  that  these  positions  may  be  contested  or  overturned  by  jurisdictional  tax  authorities, 
which may have a significant impact on our global provision for income taxes. 

Tax laws are dynamic and subject to change as new laws are passed and new interpretations of the law are issued or applied. 
The U.S. recently enacted significant tax reform, and certain provisions of the new law may adversely affect us. In addition, 

12 

 
 
governmental  tax  authorities  are  increasingly  scrutinizing  the  tax  positions  of  companies.  Many  countries  in  the  European 
Union,  as  well  as  a  number  of  other  countries  and  organizations  such  as  the  Organization  for  Economic  Cooperation  and 
Development, are actively considering changes to existing tax laws. If tax laws and related regulations change, our financial 
results could be materially impacted. Given the unpredictability of these possible changes and their potential interdependency, 
it is possible such changes could adversely impact our financial results. 

We may experience significant variability in our quarterly and annual effective tax rate which would affect our reported net 
income. 

We  have  a  complex  tax  profile  due  to  the  global  nature  of  our  operations,  which  encompass  multiple  taxing  jurisdictions. 
Variability  in  the  mix  and  profitability  of  domestic  and  international  activities,  identification  and  resolution  of  various  tax 
uncertainties,  changes  in  tax  laws  and  rates,  and  the  extent  to  which  we  are  able  to  realize  net  operating  loss  and  other 
carryforwards included in deferred tax assets and avoid potential adverse outcomes included in deferred tax liabilities, among 
other matters, may significantly affect our effective income tax rate in the future. 

Our effective income tax rate is the result of the income tax rates in the various countries in which we do business. Our mix of 
income and losses in these jurisdictions affects our effective tax rate. For example, relatively more income in higher tax rate 
jurisdictions  would  increase  our  effective  tax  rate  and  thus  lower  our  net  income.  Similarly,  if  we  generate  losses  in  tax 
jurisdictions for which no benefits are available; our effective income tax rate will increase. Our effective income tax rate may 
also be impacted by the recognition of discrete income tax items, such as required adjustments to our liabilities for uncertain 
tax positions or our deferred tax asset valuation allowance. A significant increase in our effective income tax rate could have a 
material adverse impact on our earnings. 

Of our $420.6 million cash and cash equivalents balance as of December 31, 2018, $184.1 million was held outside of the U.S. 
in our foreign operations. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 included a one-time transition tax of unremitted foreign earnings, 
and accordingly, in the fourth quarter of 2018 we recorded a final adjustment to the tax expense related to the transition tax on 
the one-time mandatory deemed repatriation of all our foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017. See Note 15 Income Taxes in 
the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements. 

Changes in global tariffs and trade agreements may have a negative impact on global economic conditions, markets and our 
business. 

Like most multinational companies, we have supply chains and sales channels that extend beyond national borders. Purchasing 
and production decisions in some cases are largely influenced by the trade agreements and the tax and tariff structures in place. 
Disruption in those structures can create significant market uncertainty. While the impact of Brexit and the announced U.S. and 
Chinese  tariff  actions  are  not  expected  to  be  material  to  us,  unanticipated  complications  in  the  free  movement  of  goods  in 
Europe,  an  escalation  of  tariff  activity  anywhere  in  the  world  or  changes  to  existing  free  trade  agreements  could  materially 
impact  our  financial  results. In  addition  to the potential  direct  impacts  of free  trade  restrictions,  longer  term  macroeconomic 
consequences  could  result,  including  slower  growth,  inflation,  higher  interest  rates  and  unfavorable  impacts  to  currency 
exchange  rates. Any  of  these  factors  could have  a  material  adverse  effect  on our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations. 

Our revenue for any particular period can be difficult to forecast. 

Our revenue for any particular period can be difficult to forecast, especially in light of the challenging and inconsistent global 
macroeconomic  environment  and  related  market  uncertainty.  Our  revenue  may  grow  at  a  slower  rate  than  in  past  periods  or 
even decline on a year-over-year basis. Changes in market growth rates can have a significant effect on our operating results. 

The timing of orders for customer projects can also have a significant effect on our operating results in the period in which the 
products are shipped and recognized as revenue. The timing of such projects is difficult to predict, and the timing of revenue 
recognition  from  such  projects  may  affect  period  to  period  changes  in revenue. As  a result,  our operating  results  could vary 
materially from quarter to quarter based on the receipt of such orders and their ultimate recognition as revenue. Similarly, we 
are often informed by our customers well in advance that such customer intends to place an order related to a specific project in 
a given quarter. Such a customer’s timeline for execution of the project, and the resulting purchase order, may be unexpectedly 

13 

 
 
delayed to a future quarter, or cancelled. The frequency of such delays can be difficult to predict. As a result, it is difficult to 
precisely forecast revenue and operating results for future quarters. 

In addition, our revenue can be difficult to forecast due to unexpected changes in the level of our products held as inventory by 
our channel partners and customers. Our channel partners and customers purchase and hold our products in their inventory in 
order to meet the service and on-time delivery requirements of their customers. As our channel partners and customers change 
the level of Belden products owned and held in their inventory, our revenue is impacted. As we are dependent upon our channel 
partners and customers to provide us with information regarding the amount of our products that they own and hold in their 
inventory, unexpected changes can occur and impact our revenue forecast. 

A  challenging  global  economic  environment  or  a  downturn  in  the  markets  we  serve  could  adversely  affect  our  operating 
results and stock price in a material manner. 

A  challenging global  economic  environment  could  cause  substantial  reductions  in our  revenue  and results of operations  as  a 
result  of  weaker  demand  by  the  end  users  of  our  products  and  price  erosion.  Price  erosion  may  occur  through  competitors 
becoming more aggressive in pricing practices. A challenging global economy could also make it difficult for our customers, 
our  vendors,  and  us  to  accurately  forecast  and  plan  future  business  activities.  Our  customers  could  also  face  issues  gaining 
timely access to sufficient credit, which could have an adverse effect on our results if such events cause reductions in revenues, 
delays in collection, or write-offs of receivables. Further, the demand for many of our products is economically sensitive and 
will  vary  with  general  economic  activity,  trends  in  nonresidential  construction,  investment  in  manufacturing  facilities  and 
automation, demand for information and broadcast technology equipment, and other economic factors. 

Global economic uncertainty could result in a significant decline in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar, 
which  could  result  in  a  significant  adverse  effect  on  our  revenues  and  results  of  operations;  could  make  it  difficult  for  our 
customers and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities; and could cause our customers to slow or reduce 
spending on our products  and  services.  Economic  uncertainty  could also  arise from  fiscal  policy  changes  in  the  countries  in 
which we operate. 

Changes  in  foreign  currency  rates  and  commodity  prices  can  impact  the  buying  power  of  our  customers.  For  example,  a 
strengthened U.S. dollar can result in relative price increases for our products for customers outside of the U.S., which can have 
a negative impact on our revenues and results of operations. Furthermore, customers’ ability to invest in capital expenditures, 
such as our products, can depend upon proceeds from commodities, such as oil and gas markets. A decline in energy prices, 
therefore, can have a negative impact on our revenues and results of operations. 

The global markets in which we operate are highly competitive. 

We face competition from other manufacturers for each of our global business platforms and in each of our geographic regions. 
These  companies  compete  on  price,  reputation  and  quality,  product  technology  and  characteristics,  and  terms.  Some 
multinational competitors have greater engineering, financial, manufacturing, and marketing resources than we have. Actions 
that  may  be  taken  by  competitors,  including  pricing,  business  alliances,  new  product  introductions,  market  penetration,  and 
other  actions,  could  have  a  negative  effect  on  our  revenues  and  profitability.  Moreover,  some  competitors  that  are  highly 
leveraged both financially and operationally could become more aggressive in their pricing of products. 

Volatility of credit markets could adversely affect our business. 

Uncertainty in U.S. and global financial and equity markets could make it more expensive for us to conduct our operations and 
more difficult for our customers to buy our products. Additionally, market volatility or uncertainty may cause us to be unable to 
pursue  or  complete  acquisitions.  Our  ability  to  implement  our  business  strategy  and  grow  our  business,  particularly  through 
acquisitions,  may  depend  on  our  ability  to  raise  capital  by  selling  equity  or  debt  securities  or  obtaining  additional  debt 
financing. Market conditions may prevent us from obtaining financing when we need it or on terms acceptable to us. 

14 

 
 
Changes in the price and availability of raw materials we use could be detrimental to our profitability. 

Copper  is  a  significant  component  of  the  cost  of  most  of  our  cable  products.  Over  the  past  few  years,  the  prices  of  metals, 
particularly  copper, have  been  volatile.  Prices  of  other  materials  we  use,  such  as polyvinylchloride  (PVC)  and  other  plastics 
derived from petrochemical feedstocks, have also been volatile. Generally, we have recovered much of the higher cost of raw 
materials through higher pricing of our finished products. The majority of our products are sold through distribution, and we 
manage  the  pricing  of  these  products  through  published  price  lists  which  we  update  from  time  to  time,  with  new  prices 
typically taking effect a few weeks after they are announced. Some OEM contracts have provisions for passing through raw 
material  cost  changes,  generally  with  a  lag  of  a  few  weeks  to  three  months.  If  we  are  unable  to  raise  prices  sufficiently  to 
recover our material costs, our earnings could decline. If we raise our prices but competitors raise their prices less, we may lose 
sales, and our earnings could decline. If the price of copper were to decline, we may be compelled to reduce prices to remain 
competitive, which could have a negative effect on revenues. While we generally believe the supply of raw materials (copper, 
plastics, and other materials) is adequate, we have experienced instances of limited supply of certain raw materials, resulting in 
extended lead times and higher prices. If a supply interruption or shortage of materials were to occur (including due to labor or 
political disputes), this could have a negative effect on revenues and earnings. 

Future operating results depend upon the Company’s ability to obtain components in sufficient quantities on commercially 
reasonable terms. 

Because  the  Company  currently  obtains  certain  components  from  single  or  limited  sources,  the  Company  is  subject  to 
significant supply and pricing risks. Many components, including those that are available from multiple sources, are at times 
subject  to  industry-wide  shortages  that  could  materially  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  financial  condition  and  operating 
results. While the Company has entered into agreements for the supply of many components, there can be no assurance that the 
Company will be able to extend or renew these agreements on similar terms, or at all. Component suppliers may suffer from 
poor  financial  conditions,  which  can  lead  to  business  failure  for  the  supplier  or  consolidation  within  a  particular  industry, 
further limiting the Company’s ability to obtain sufficient quantities of components on commercially reasonable terms. If the 
Company’s  supply  of  components  for  a  new  or  existing  product  were  delayed  or  constrained,  or  if  an  outsourcing  partner 
delayed shipments of completed products to the Company, the Company’s financial condition and operating results could be 
materially adversely affected. The Company’s business and financial performance could also be materially adversely affected 
depending  on  the  time  required  to  obtain  sufficient  quantities  from  the  original  source,  or  to  identify  and  obtain  sufficient 
quantities from an alternative source. 

Potential problems with our information systems could interfere with our business and operations. 

We rely on our information systems and those of third parties for storing proprietary company information about our products 
and  intellectual  property,  as  well  as  for  processing  customer  orders,  manufacturing  and  shipping  products,  billing  our 
customers, tracking inventory, supporting accounting functions and financial statement preparation, paying our employees, and 
otherwise running our business. Any disruption, whether from hackers or other sources, in our information systems or those of 
the third parties upon whom we rely could have a significant impact on our business. In addition, we may need to enhance our 
information  systems to  provide additional  capabilities  and  functionality.  The  implementation  of new  information  systems 
and enhancements is frequently disruptive to the underlying business of an enterprise. Any disruptions affecting our ability to 
accurately report our financial performance on a timely basis could adversely affect our business in a number of respects. If we 
are  unable  to  successfully  implement  potential  future  information  systems  enhancements,  our  financial  position,  results  of 
operations, and cash flows could be negatively impacted. 

We,  and  others  on  our  behalf,  store  “personally  identifiable  information”  (“PII”)  with  respect  to  employees,  vendors, 
customers,  and  others.  While  we  have  implemented  safeguards  to  protect  the  privacy  of  this  information,  it  is  possible  that 
hackers or others might obtain this information. If that occurs, in addition to having to take potentially costly remedial action, 
we also may be subject to fines, penalties, lawsuits, and reputational damage. 

Perceived failure of our signal transmission solutions to provide expected results may result in negative publicity and harm 
our business and operating results. 

15 

 
 
Our customers use our signal transmission solutions in a wide variety of IT systems and application environments in order to 
help reduce security vulnerabilities and demonstrate compliance. Despite our efforts to make clear in our marketing materials 
and  customer  agreements  the  capabilities  and  limitations  of  these  products,  some  customers  may  incorrectly  view  the 
deployment  of  such  products  in  their  IT  infrastructure  as  a  guarantee  that  there  will  be  no  security  breach  or  policy  non-
compliance event. As a result, the occurrence of a high profile security breach, or a failure by one of our customers to pass a 
regulatory compliance IT audit, could result in public and customer perception that our solutions are not effective and harm our 
business and operating results, even if the occurrence is unrelated to the use of such products or if the failure is the result of 
actions or inactions on the part of the customer. 

Our use of open source software could negatively impact our ability to sell our products and may subject us to unanticipated 
obligations. 

The products, services, or technologies we acquire, license, provide, or develop may incorporate or use open source software. 
We  monitor  and  restrict  our  use  of  open  source  software  in  an  effort  to  avoid  unintended  consequences,  such  as  reciprocal 
license  grants,  patent  retaliation  clauses,  and  the  requirement  to  license  our  products  at  no  cost.  Nevertheless,  we  may  be 
subject to unanticipated obligations regarding our products which incorporate or use open source software. 

Our revenue and profits would likely decline, at least temporarily, if we were to lose a key distributor. 

We rely on several key distributors in marketing our products. Distributors purchase the products of our competitors along with 
our  products.  Our  largest  distributor, Anixter  International  Inc.,  accounted  for  12%  of  our  revenue  in  2018  and  our  top  six 
distributors,  including  Anixter,  accounted  for  a  total  of  22%  of  our  revenue  in  2018.  If  we  were  to  lose  one  of  these  key 
distributors, our revenue and profits would likely decline, at least temporarily. Changes in the inventory levels of our products 
owned and held by our distributors can result in significant variability in our revenues. Further, certain distributors are allowed 
to  return  certain  inventory  in  exchange  for  an  order  of  equal  or  greater  value.  We  have  recorded  reserves  for  the  estimated 
impact of these inventory policies. 

Consolidation  of  our  distributors,  particularly  where  the  survivor  relies  more  heavily  on  our  competitors,  could  adversely 
impact  our  revenues  and  earnings.  It  could  also  result  in  consolidation  of  distributor  inventory,  which  would  temporarily 
depress our revenues. We have also experienced financial failure of distributors from time to time, resulting in our inability to 
collect  accounts  receivable  in  full. A  global  economic  downturn  could cause  financial difficulties  (including bankruptcy)  for 
our distributors and other customers, which would adversely affect our results of operations. 

If we are unable to retain senior management and key employees, our business operations could be adversely affected. 

Our success has been largely dependent on the skills, experience, and efforts of our senior management and key employees. 
The  loss  of  any  of  our  senior  management  or  other  key  employees,  for  example  sales  and  product  development  employees, 
could have an adverse effect on us. We may not be able to find qualified replacements for these individuals and the integration 
of potential replacements may be disruptive to our business. More broadly, a key determinant of our success is our ability to 
attract, develop, and retain talented associates. While this is one of our strategic priorities, we may not be able to succeed in this 
regard. 

We  might  have  difficulty  protecting  our  intellectual  property  from  use  by  competitors,  or  competitors  might  accuse  us  of 
violating their intellectual property rights. 

Disagreements about patents and other intellectual property rights occur in the markets we serve. Third parties have asserted 
and may in the future assert claims of infringement of intellectual property rights against us or against our customers or channel 
partners  for  which  we  may  be  liable.  Furthermore,  a  successful  claimant  could  secure  a  judgment  that  requires  us  to  pay 
substantial  damages  or  prevents  us  from  distributing  certain  products  or  performing  certain  services.  We  may  encounter 
difficulty  enforcing  our  own  intellectual  property  rights  against  third  parties,  which  could  result  in  price  erosion  or  loss  of 
market share. 

16 

 
 
 
We  are  subject  to  laws  and  regulations  worldwide,  changes  to  which  could  increase  our  costs  and  individually  or  in  the 
aggregate adversely affect our business. 

We are subject to laws and regulations affecting our domestic and international operations in a number of areas. These U.S. and 
foreign laws and regulations affect our activities including, but not limited to, in areas of labor, advertising, real estate, billing, 
e-commerce, promotions, quality of services, property ownership and infringement, tax, import and export requirements, anti-
corruption,  foreign  exchange  controls  and  cash  repatriation  restrictions,  data  privacy  requirements,  anti-competition, 
environmental, health and safety. 

Compliance with these laws, regulations and similar requirements may be onerous and expensive, and they may be inconsistent 
from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, further increasing the cost of compliance and doing business. Any such costs, which may rise 
in the future as a result of changes in these laws and regulations or in their interpretation, could individually or in the aggregate 
make our products and services less attractive to our customers, delay the introduction of new products in one or more regions, 
or  cause  us  to  change  or  limit  our  business  practices.  We  have  implemented  policies  and  procedures  designed  to  ensure 
compliance with applicable laws and regulations, but there can be no assurance that our employees, contractors, or agents will 
not violate such laws and regulations or our policies and procedures. 

Specifically with respect to data privacy, the European Commission has approved a data protection regulation, known as the 
General  Data  Protection  Regulation  (GDPR),  which  became  effective  in  May  2018.  The  GDPR  includes  operational 
requirements  for  companies  that  receive  or  process  personal  data  of  residents  of  the  European  Union  that  are  different  than 
those  previously  in  place  in  the  European  Union,  and  includes  significant  penalties  for  non-compliance.  In  addition,  some 
countries are considering or have passed legislation implementing data protection requirements or requiring local storage and 
processing of data or similar requirements that could increase the cost and complexity of delivering our services. 

If our goodwill or other intangible assets become impaired, we would be required to recognize charges that would reduce 
our income. 

Under accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., goodwill and certain other intangible assets are not amortized but 
must  be  reviewed  for  possible  impairment  annually  or  more  often  in  certain  circumstances  if  events  indicate  that  the  asset 
values may not be recoverable. We have incurred significant charges for the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets 
in the past, and we may be required to do so again in future periods if the underlying value of our business declines. Such a 
charge would reduce our income without any change to our underlying cash flows. 

Some of our employees are members of collective bargaining groups, and we might be subject to labor actions that would 
interrupt our business. 

Some of our employees, primarily outside the U.S., are members of collective bargaining groups. We believe that our relations 
with  employees  are  generally  good.  However,  if  there  were  a  dispute  with  one  of  these  bargaining  groups,  the  affected 
operations could be interrupted, resulting in lost revenues, lost profit contribution, and customer dissatisfaction. 

Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

Item 2.    Properties 

Belden owns and leases manufacturing, warehousing, sales, and administrative space in locations around the world. We also 
have a corporate office that we lease in St. Louis, Missouri. The leases are of varying terms, expiring from 2019 through 2028. 

The  table  below  summarizes  the  geographic  locations  of  our  manufacturing  and  other  operating  facilities  utilized  by  our 
segments as of December 31, 2018. 

17 

 
 
 
Brazil 
Canada 

China 

Czech Republic 

Denmark 

Germany 

Hungary 

Italy 

Japan 

Mexico 

Netherlands 

St. Kitts 

United Kingdom 

United States 

Total 

Enterprise 
Solutions 

Industrial 
Solutions 

Utilized by 
Multiple 
Segments 

Total 

—
1

1

—

2

—

—

—

1

1

1

1

3

5

16

1  
1  
—  
1  
—  
4  
—  
—  
—  
—  
1  
—  
—  
6  
14  

—
—

1

—

—

—

1

1

—

2

—

—

—

2

7

1
2

2

1

2

4

1

1

1

3

2

1

3

13

37

In addition to the manufacturing and other operating facilities summarized above, our segments also utilize approximately 30 
warehouses worldwide. As of December 31, 2018, we owned or leased a total of approximately 7 million square feet of facility 
space worldwide. We believe that our production facilities are suitable for their present and intended purposes and adequate for 
our current level of operations. 

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings 

PPC  Broadband,  Inc.  v.  Corning  Optical  Communications  RF,  LLC -  On  July  5,  2011,  the  Company’s  wholly-owned 
subsidiary, PPC  Broadband, Inc.  (“PPC”), filed  an  action  for patent  infringement  in  the  U.S. District  Court for  the Northern 
District  of  New  York  against  Corning  Optical  Communications  RF  LLC  (“Corning”).  The  Complaint  alleged  that  Corning 
infringed  two  of  PPC’s  patents  -  U.S.  Patent  Nos.  6,558,194  and  6,848,940  -  each  entitled  “Connector  and  Method  of 
Operation.” In July 2015, a jury found that Corning willfully infringed both patents. Following a series of appeals, we received 
a  pre-tax  amount  of  approximately $62.1  million from  Corning  on  July  19,  2018.  We  recorded  the $62.1  million of  cash 
received  as  a  pre-tax  gain  from  patent  litigation  during  2018.  Prior  to  2018,  we  had  not  recognized  any  amounts  in  our 
consolidated financial statements related to this matter. On September 27, 2018, Corning filed a petition for certiorari review by 
the  U.S.  Supreme  Court. On  December  10,  2018,  Corning’s  certiorari  review  by  the  Supreme  Court  was  denied,  thus 
exhausting their opportunities for further appellate relief. 

SEC Investigation - As disclosed on our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 3, 2018, we are fully 
cooperating  with  an  SEC  investigation  related  to  the  material  weakness  in  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31,  2017  disclosed  in  our  2017  Form 10-K. We  continue  to  believe  that  the  outcome  of  the  investigation  will  not 
have a material adverse effect on the Company. 

We are also a party to various legal proceedings and administrative actions that are incidental to our operations. In our opinion, 
the  proceedings  and  actions  in  which  we  are  involved  should  not,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  have  a  material  adverse 
effect on our financial condition, operating results, or cash flows. However, since the trends and outcome of this litigation are 
inherently uncertain, we cannot give absolute assurance regarding the future resolution of such litigation, or that such litigation 
may not become material in the future. 

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities 

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BDC.” As of February 15, 2019, there were 
254 record holders of common stock of Belden Inc. 

On May 25, 2017, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program, which allowed us to purchase up to $200.0 
million  of  our  common  stock  through  open  market  repurchases,  negotiated  transactions,  or  other  means,  in  accordance  with 
applicable securities laws and other restrictions. This program was funded with cash on hand and cash flows from operating 
activities. Set forth below is information regarding our stock repurchases for the three months ended December 31, 2018. 

Period 

Total Number of 
Shares 
Purchased 

Average Price 
Paid per Share 

Total Number of Shares 
Repurchased as Part of 
Publicly Announced Plans or 
Programs 

Approximate Dollar Value of 
Shares that May Yet be 
Purchased Under the Plans or 
Programs 

October 1, 2018 through November 4, 2018 

November 5, 2018 through December 2, 2018 

December 3, 2018 through December 31, 2018 

     Total 

— $

912,530

—

912,530 $

—

54.79

—

54.79

—   $ 
912,530   
—   
912,530   $ 

50,000,000

300,000,000

300,000,000

300,000,000

During the fourth quarter of 2018, we repurchased 0.9 million shares of our common stock under the program for an aggregate 
cost of $50.0 million and an average price per share of $54.79. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we repurchased a 
total of 2.7 million shares of our common stock under the program for an aggregate cost of $175.0 million and an average price 
per  share  of  $64.94.  From  inception  of  the  program  to  December 31,  2018,  we  have  repurchased  3.0  million  shares  of  our 
common stock under the program for an aggregate cost of $200.0 million and an average price of $66.48. 

We utilized all of the $200.0  million authorized under this share repurchase program.  On November 29, 2018, our Board of 
Directors  authorized  a  share  repurchase  program,  which  allows  us  to  purchase  up  to  $300.0  million  of  our  common  stock 
through  open market  repurchases, negotiated  transactions,  or  other  means,  in  accordance  with  applicable  securities  laws  and 
other restrictions. During 2018, we did not repurchase any shares of our common stock under this program. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Performance Graph 

The  following  graph  compares  the  cumulative  total  shareholder  return  on  Belden’s  common  stock  over  the  five-year  period 
ended December 31, 2018, with the cumulative total return during such period of the Standard and Poor’s 500 Stock Index and 
the  Standard  and  Poor’s  1500  Industrials  Index.  The  comparison  assumes  $100  was  invested  on  December 31,  2013,  in 
Belden’s common stock and in each of the foregoing indices and assumes reinvestment of dividends. The stock performance 
shown  on  the  graph  below  represents  historical  stock  performance  and  is  not  necessarily  indicative  of  future  stock  price 
performance. 

Comparison of Cumulative Five Year Total Return

200

150

100

50

S
R
A
L
L
O
D

0
Dec 13

Dec 14

Dec 15

Dec 16

Dec 17

Dec 18

Belden Inc.

S&P 500 Index

S&P 1500 Industrials Index

(1)  The chart above and the accompanying data are “furnished,” not “filed,” with the SEC. 

Total Return To Shareholders 
(Includes reinvestment of dividends) 

Company Name / Index 
Belden Inc. 
S&P 500 Index 

S&P 1500 Industrials Index 

Company Name / Index 

Belden Inc. 
S&P 500 Index 

S&P 1500 Industrials Index 

Base Period
2013 

 $ 

100.00 $
100.00

100.00

2014

12.2%
13.7%

8.5%

2014 

112.18
113.69

108.48

20 

ANNUAL RETURN PERCENTAGE 
Years Ending December 31, 
2016

2017 

2015

(39.3)%
1.4 %

(2.7)%

57.3 %
12.0 %

20.4 %

3.5%
21.8%

21.1%

INDEXED RETURNS 
Years Ending December 31, 

2018

(45.7)%
(4.4)%

(13.4)%

$

2015 
68.09 
115.26 
105.53 

$

2016 
107.10 
129.05  
127.07  

  $ 

2017 

110.83
157.22

153.83

$

2018 
60.21 
150.33 
133.25 

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data 

Balance sheet data: 

Total assets 

Long-term debt 

Long-term debt, including current 
maturities 
Total stockholders’ equity 

Statement of operations data: 

Revenues 

Operating income 

Operating income margin 

Income from continuing operations 

Basic income per share attributable to 
Belden common stockholders 

Diluted income per share attributable to 
Belden common stockholders 

Other data: 

Basic weighted average common shares 
outstanding 

Diluted weighted average common shares 
outstanding 

Dividends per common share 

$ 

Statement of cash flow data: 

2018 

Years Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

2014 

(In thousands, except per share amounts and percentages) 

$ 

3,779,321 
1,463,200 

$

3,840,613 
1,560,748 

$

3,806,803 
1,620,161 

$ 

3,290,602 
1,725,282 

$

3,232,202 
1,736,954 

1,463,200
1,387,588 

1,560,748
1,434,866 

1,620,161
1,461,317 

1,727,782
825,523 

1,739,454
807,186 

2,585,368 
305,221 

11.8%
160,711 

2,388,643 
235,404 

9.9%
92,853 

2,356,672 
232,083 

9.8%
127,646 

2,309,222 
143,731 

6.2%
66,508 

2,308,265 
166,017 

7.2%
74,432 

3.10

3.08

1.38

1.37

2.67

2.65

1.57

1.55

1.72

1.69

40,675

42,220

42,093

42,390

43,273

40,956
0.20 

$

42,643
0.20 

$

42,557
0.20 

$ 

42,953
0.20 

$

43,997
0.20 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

289,220 

255,300 

314,794 

241,460 

200,887 

Adjusted results: 

Adjusted revenues 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Adjusted EBITDA margin 

Free cash flow 

Consolidated Results 

2,591,980 
474,162 

18.3%
192,953 

2,388,643 
434,276 

18.2%
192,078 

2,357,805 
431,201 

18.3%
261,212 

2,360,583 
400,688 

17.0%
187,024 

2,320,219 
359,425 

15.5%
157,312 

Since  2014,  we  have  grown  our  revenues  by  12.0%,  from  $2.3  billion  in  2014  to  $2.6  billion  in  2018,  representing  a  2.3% 
compounded  annual  growth  rate  for  that  period.  The  majority  of  our  revenue  growth  has  been  the  result  of  our  inorganic 
initiatives, described below, as we have been operating in a period of modest end market growth rates. 

The trends in our operating income and income from continuing operations from 2014-2018 have been impacted by a number 
of acquisitions, dispositions, productivity improvement programs, and other matters, as follows: 

•  

During 2018, we acquired SAM and NT2 in our fiscal first and second quarters, respectively; and recognized 
severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs of $68.6 million primarily related to the integration 
of  SAM  with our  Grass Valley  business  as  well  as  costs from  a  program  to  consolidate  our  manufacturing 
footprint.  We  also  recognized  a  $23.0  million  loss  on  debt  extinguishment  related  to  our  debt  refinancing 
transactions  during  the  year  and  a  $62.1  million  gain  for  amounts  received  from  a  patent  infringement 
litigation - see further discussion in Part I Item 3 Legal Proceedings. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
•  

•  

•  

•  

During  2017,  we  recognized  a  $52.4  million  loss  on  debt  extinguishment  related  to  our  debt  refinancing 
transactions  during  the  year;  severance,  restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs  of  $42.8  million 
related to a number of productivity improvement programs; and acquired Thinklogical Holdings, LLC in our 
fiscal second quarter.  

During  2016,  we  recognized  severance,  restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs  of  $38.8  million 
related to a number of productivity improvement programs. In addition, we acquired M2FX Limited in our 
fiscal first quarter. 

During  2015,  we  recognized  severance,  restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs  of  $47.2  million 
related to a number of productivity improvement programs. In addition, we acquired Tripwire in our fiscal 
first quarter. We also recognized $9.2 million of compensation expense related to the accelerated vesting of 
acquiree stock based compensation awards related to our acquisition of Tripwire. 

During  2014,  we  recognized  severance,  restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs  of  $70.8  million 
related  to  the  integration  of  acquired  businesses  and  a  productivity  improvement  program.  In  2014,  we 
acquired Grass Valley, ProSoft, and Coast. We recognized purchase accounting effects related to acquisitions, 
including the adjustment of acquired inventory to fair value, of $8.4 million. 

See  further  discussion  of  our  acquisitions  and  productivity  improvement  programs  in  Notes  4  and  12  to  the  Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

Since  2014,  we  have  grown  our  operating  cash  flow  by  44.0%,  from  $200.9  million  in  2014  to  $289.2  million  in  2018, 
representing a 7.6% compounded annual growth rate for that period. Our strong operating cash flow is driven by our earnings 
growth, coupled with our efficient use of working capital. 

Adjusted Results 

Since 2014, we have grown our Adjusted Revenues by 11.7%, from $2.3 billion in 2014 to $2.6 billion in 2018, representing a 
2.2% compounded annual growth rate for that period. The majority of our Adjusted Revenue growth has been the result of our 
inorganic initiatives, described above, as we have been operating in a period of modest end market growth rates. 

We have grown our Adjusted EBITDA by 31.9%, from $359.4 million in 2014 to $474.2 million in 2018, representing a 5.7% 
compounded  annual growth rate  for  that period. Adjusted EBITDA  has grown due  to  the  results of  our  inorganic  initiatives, 
described above, which have transformed our product portfolio. Importantly, however, our Adjusted EBITDA has also grown 
due to the impact of productivity improvement programs, as we are committed to continuously improving our cost structure in 
a low organic growth environment. Furthermore, our Adjusted EBITDA has improved as Lean enterprise techniques have been 
applied at our acquired companies. These factors have all led to the improvement in Adjusted EBITDA margins from 15.5% in 
2014 to 18.3% in 2018. 

Since 2014, our free cash flow has increased by 22.7% from $157.3 million in 2014 to $193.0 million in 2018, representing a 
4.2% compounded annual growth rate for that period. Our strong free cash flow is driven by our earnings growth, coupled with 
our efficient use of working capital and fixed assets. 

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information 

Adjusted Revenues, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, and free cash flow are non-GAAP financial measures. In 
addition  to  reporting  financial  results  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States,  we 
provide non-GAAP operating results adjusted for certain items, including: asset impairments; accelerated depreciation expense 
due  to  plant  consolidation  activities;  purchase  accounting  effects  related  to  acquisitions,  such  as  the  adjustment  of  acquired 
inventory and deferred revenue to fair value, and transaction costs; severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs; 
gains (losses) recognized on the disposal of businesses and tangible assets; amortization of intangible assets; gains (losses) on 
debt extinguishment; certain revenues and gains (losses) from patent settlements; discontinued operations; and other costs. We 
adjust for  the  items  listed  above  in  all periods presented,  unless  the  impact  is  clearly immaterial  to our financial  statements. 

22 

 
When we  calculate  the  tax  effect  of  the  adjustments,  we  include  all  current  and deferred  income  tax  expense  commensurate 
with the adjusted measure of pre-tax profitability. 

We utilize the adjusted results to review our ongoing operations without the effect of these adjustments and for comparison to 
budgeted operating results. We believe the adjusted results are useful to investors because they help them compare our results 
to previous periods and provide important insights into underlying trends in the business and how management oversees our 
business operations on a day-to-day basis. As an example, we adjust for the purchase accounting effect of recording deferred 
revenue at fair value in order to reflect the revenues that would have otherwise been recorded by acquired businesses had they 
remained as independent entities. We believe this presentation is useful in evaluating the underlying performance of acquired 
companies. Similarly, we adjust for other acquisition-related expenses, such as amortization of intangibles and other impacts of 
fair  value  adjustments  because  they  generally  are  not  related  to  the  acquired  businesses'  core  business  performance. As  an 
additional  example,  we  exclude  the  costs  of  restructuring  programs,  which  can  occur  from  time  to  time  for  our  current 
businesses and/or recently acquired businesses. We exclude the costs in calculating adjusted results to allow us and investors to 
evaluate  the  performance  of  the  business  based  upon  its  expected  ongoing  operating  structure.  We  believe  the  adjusted 
measures, accompanied by the disclosure of the costs of these programs, provides valuable insight. 

We define free cash flow, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, as net cash from operating activities adjusted for capital 
expenditures net of the proceeds from the disposal of tangible assets. We believe free cash flow provides useful information to 
investors  regarding  our  ability  to  generate  cash  from  business  operations  that  is  available  for  acquisitions  and  other 
investments,  service  of  debt  principal,  dividends  and  share  repurchases.  We  use  free  cash  flow,  as  defined,  as  one  financial 
measure  to  monitor  and  evaluate  performance  and  liquidity.  Non-GAAP  financial  measures  should  be  considered  only  in 
conjunction with financial measures reported according to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our 
definition of free cash flow may differ from definitions used by other companies. 

Adjusted  results  should be  considered  only  in  conjunction with results reported  according  to  accounting principles  generally 
accepted in the United States. The following tables reconcile our GAAP results to our non-GAAP financial measures: 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2018  December 31, 2017 

December 31, 2016  December 31, 2015  December 31, 2014 

Years Ended 

(In thousands, except percentages) 

$ 

$ 

$

$

2,585,368 
6,612 
— 
2,591,980 

160,711 
98,829 

$

$

2,388,643 
— 
— 
2,388,643 

92,853 
103,997 

2,356,672 
6,687 
(5,554) 
2,357,805 

$

$

127,646 
98,385 

2,309,222 
51,361 
— 
2,360,583 

66,180 
103,791 

  $

  $

  $

68,613
61,559 
59,619 
47,615 
22,990 
6,612 

3,497
2,634 

2,188

1,342
94 
— 
— 
(62,141) 

—

42,790
82,901 
6,495 
45,597 
52,441 
— 

6,133
— 

56

—
1,013 
— 
— 
— 

—

31,140
95,050 
(1,185) 
47,208 
2,342 
6,687 

(2,079) 
— 

—

7,630
— 
23,931 
(5,554) 
— 

47,170
100,613 
(26,568)   
46,551 
— 
52,876 

9,747
— 

—

—
— 
— 
— 
— 

2,308,265 
11,954 
— 
2,320,219 

74,449 
58,426 

70,827
81,573 
7,114 
43,736 
— 
10,777 

12,540
— 

—

—
— 
— 
— 
— 

GAAP revenues 

Deferred revenue adjustments (1) 
Patent settlement (2) 

Adjusted revenues 

GAAP net income 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Severance, restructuring, and 
acquisition integration costs (3) 
Interest expense, net 

Income tax expense (benefit) 

Depreciation expense 

Loss on debt extinguishment 
Deferred revenue adjustments (1) 
Purchase accounting effects related 
to acquisitions (4) 
Costs related to patent litigation 

Amortization of software 
development intangible assets 
Non-operating pension settlement 
loss 
Loss on sale of assets (5) 
Impairment of assets held for sale (5) 
Patent settlement (2) 
Gain from patent litigation 

Loss (Income) from discontinued 
operations 
Loss from disposal of discontinued 
operations 

Adjusted EBITDA 

GAAP net income margin 
Adjusted EBITDA margin 

—

242

(579) 

$ 

—
474,162 

$

6.2%
18.3%

—
434,276 

$

3.9%
18.2%

—
431,201 

$

5.4%
18.3%

86
400,688 

  $

2.9% 
17.0% 

562
359,425 

3.2%
15.5%

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

Our  adjusted  results  include  revenues  that  would  have  been  recorded  by  acquired  businesses  had  they  remained  as  independent 
entities. Our consolidated results do not include these revenues due to the purchase accounting effect of recording deferred revenue 
at fair value.  

Both our consolidated revenues and gross profit were positively impacted by royalty revenues received during 2016 that related to 
years prior to 2016 as a result of a patent settlement. 

See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Severance, Restructuring, and Acquisition Integration Activities, for details. 

In  2018,  we  recognized  $3.5  million  of  cost  of  sales  related  to  purchase  accounting  adjustments,  most  of  which  was  for  the 
adjustment of acquired inventory to fair value for our SAM and NT2 acquisitions. In 2017, we recognized $6.1 million of cost of 
sales related to the adjustment of acquired inventory to fair value for our Thinklogical acquisition. In 2016, we made a $3.2 million 
adjustment  to  reduce  the  earn-out  liability  associated  with  the  M2FX  acquisition.  This  adjustment  was  partially  offset  by  $0.8 
million and $0.2 million of cost of sales related to the adjustment of acquired inventory to fair value related our Enterprise segment 
and  M2FX  acquisition,  respectively.  In  2015,  we  recognized  $9.2  million  of  compensation  expense  related  to  the  accelerated 
vesting of acquiree stock based compensation awards associated with our acquisition of Tripwire. In addition, we recognized $0.3 
million  of  cost of  sales  related to  the  adjustment  of acquired inventory to  fair  value  related  to  our  acquisition  of  Coast and $0.3 
million  of  acquisition  related  transaction  costs.  In  2014,  we recognized  $8.4  million  of  cost  of  sales  related  to  the  adjustment  of 
acquired  inventory  to  fair  value  for  our  acquisitions  of  Grass  Valley,  ProSoft,  and  Coast,  as  well  as  $4.1  million  of  acquisition 
related transaction costs.  

(5) 

In 2018, 2017, and 2016, we recognized a $0.1 million loss on sale of assets, $1.0 million loss on sale of assets, and $23.9 million 
impairment of assets held for sale, respectively, for the sale of our MCS business and Hirschmann JV.  

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table reconciles our GAAP results to our non-GAAP financial measures: 

Years ended December 31, 

2018 

2017 

2016 
(In thousands) 

2015 

2014 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

$

289,220 $

255,300 $

314,794    $  241,460 $

200,887

Capital expenditures, net of proceeds from the 
disposal of tangible assets 

Free cash flow 

(96,267)

(63,222)

$

192,953 $

192,078 $

(53,582)  
261,212    $  187,024 $

(54,436)

(43,575)

157,312

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Overview 

We  are  a  signal  transmission  solutions  company  built  around  two  global  business  platforms  –  Enterprise  Solutions  and 
Industrial Solutions. Our comprehensive portfolio of signal transmission solutions provides industry leading secure and reliable 
transmission of data, sound, and video for mission critical applications. 

We strive to create shareholder value by: 

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

Delivering highly engineered signal transmission solutions for mission-critical applications in a diverse set of 
global markets; 

Maintaining a balanced product portfolio across end markets, applications, and geographies that allows for a 
disciplined approach to growth; 

Capturing  additional  market  share  by  using  our  Market  Delivery  System  to  improve  channel  and  end-user 
relationships  and  to  concentrate  sales  efforts  on  customers  in  higher  growth  geographies  and  vertical  end-
markets; 

Managing our product portfolio to provide innovative and complete end-to-end solutions for our customers in 
applications for which we have operational expertise and can drive customer loyalty; 

Acquiring  leading  companies  with  innovative  product  portfolios  and  opportunities  for  synergies  which  fit 
within our strategic framework; 

Continuously  improving  our  people,  processes,  and  systems  through  scalable,  flexible,  and  sustainable 
business systems for talent management, Lean enterprise, and acquisition cultivation and integration; and 

Protecting and enhancing the value of the Belden brands. 

We  believe  our  business  system,  balance  across  markets  and  geographies,  systematic  go-to-market  approach,  extensive 
portfolio  of  innovative  solutions,  commitment  to  Lean  principles,  and  improving  margin  profile  present  a  unique  value 
proposition for our shareholders. 

We consider Adjusted revenue growth on a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA margin, free cash flows, and return on 
invested capital to be our key operating performance indicators. Our current business goals are to: 

•  

•  

•  

•  

Grow Adjusted Revenues on a constant currency basis by 5-7% per year, from a combination of end market 
growth, market share capture, and contributions from acquisitions; 

Achieve Adjusted EBITDA margins in the range of 20-22%; 

Achieve free cash flow growth in the range of 13-15%; and 

Realize return on invested capital of 13-15%. 

Significant Trends and Events in 2018 

The  following  trends  and  events  during  2018  had  varying  effects  on  our  financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  and  cash 
flows. 

Foreign currency 

Our exposure to currency rate fluctuations primarily relates to exchange rate movements between the U.S. dollar and the euro, 
Canadian dollar, Hong Kong dollar, Chinese yuan, Japanese yen, Mexican peso, Australian dollar, British pound, Indian rupee, 
and  Brazilian  real.  Generally,  as  the  U.S.  dollar  strengthens  against  these  foreign  currencies,  our  revenues  and  earnings  are 

26 

 
 
 
 
negatively  impacted  as  our  foreign  denominated  revenues  and  earnings  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  at  a  lower  rate. 
Conversely, as the U.S. dollar weakens against foreign currencies, our revenues and earnings are positively impacted. 

In  addition  to  the  translation  impact  described  above,  currency  rate  fluctuations  have  an  economic  impact  on  our  financial 
results. As the U.S. dollar strengthens or weakens against foreign currencies, it results in a relative price increase or decrease 
for certain of our products that are priced in U.S. dollars in a foreign location. 

Commodity Prices 

Our  operating  results  can  be  affected  by  changes  in  prices  of  commodities,  primarily  copper  and  compounds,  which  are 
components in some of the products we sell. Generally, as the costs of inventory purchases increase due to higher commodity 
prices, we raise selling prices to customers to cover the increase in costs, resulting in higher sales revenue but a lower gross 
profit  percentage.  Conversely,  a  decrease  in  commodity  prices  would  result  in  lower  sales  revenue  but  a  higher  gross  profit 
percentage.  Selling  prices  of  our  products  are  affected  by  many  factors,  including  end  market  demand,  capacity  utilization, 
overall economic conditions, and commodity prices. Importantly, however, there is no exact measure of the effect of changing 
commodity prices, as there are thousands of transactions in any given quarter, each of which has various factors involved in the 
individual pricing decisions. Therefore, all references to the effect of copper prices or other commodity prices are estimates. 

Channel Inventory 

Our  operating  results  also  can  be  affected  by  the  levels  of  Belden  products  purchased  and  held  as  inventory  by  our  channel 
partners and customers. Our channel partners and customers purchase and hold our products in their inventory in order to meet 
the service and on-time delivery requirements of their customers. Generally, as our channel partners and customers change the 
level  of  Belden  products  owned  and  held  in  their  inventory,  it  impacts  our  revenues.  Comparisons  of  our  results  between 
periods can be impacted by changes in the levels of channel inventory. We are dependent upon our channel partners to provide 
us with information regarding the amount of our products that they own and hold in their inventory. As such, all references to 
the effect of channel inventory changes are estimates. 

Market Growth and Market Share 

The  markets  in  which  we  operate  can  generally  be  characterized  as  highly  competitive  and  highly  fragmented,  with  many 
players. Based on available data for our served markets, we estimate that our market share across our segments is significant, 
ranging  from  approximately  5%  -  20%.  A  substantial  acquisition  in  one  of  our  served  markets  would  be  necessary  to 
meaningfully  change  our  estimated  market  share  percentage. We  monitor  available  data  regarding  market  growth,  including 
independent  market  research  reports,  publicly  available  indices,  and  the  financial  results  of  our  direct  and  indirect  peer 
companies,  in  order  to  estimate  the  extent  to  which  our  served  markets  grew  or  contracted  during  a  particular  period.  We 
generally  expect  that  our unit  sales  volume  will  increase or decrease  consistently  with  the  market  growth  rate.  Our  strategic 
goal  is  to  utilize  our  Market  Delivery  System  to  target  faster  growing  geographies,  applications,  and  trends  within  our  end 
markets, in order to achieve growth that is higher than the general market growth rate. To the extent that we exceed the market 
growth rates, we consider it to be the result of capturing market share. 

Operating Segments 

Effective  January  1,  2018,  we  changed  our  organizational  structure  and,  as  a  result,  now  are  reporting  two  segments.  The 
segments  formerly  known  as  Broadcast  Solutions  and  Enterprise  Solutions  now  are  presented  as  the  Enterprise  Solutions 
segment, and the segments formerly known as Industrial Solutions and Network Solutions now are presented as the Industrial 
Solutions  segment.  The  reorganization  allows  us  to  further  accelerate  progress  in  key  strategic  areas  and  the  segment 
consolidation properly aligns our external reporting with the way the businesses are now managed. We have recast the prior 
period segment information to conform to the change in the composition of these reportable segments. See Note 5. 

27 

 
 
Acquisitions 

We  completed  the  acquisitions  of  SAM  and  NT2  on  February  8, 2018  and April  25,  2018,  respectively. The  results  of  both 
SAM  and  NT2  have  been  included  in  our Consolidated  Financial  Statements  from  their  respective  acquisition  dates  and  are 
reported within the Enterprise Solutions segment. See Note 4. 

Long-Term Debt 

In March 2018, we issued €350.0 million ($431.3 million at issuance) aggregate principal amount of new senior subordinated 
notes  due  2028  at  an  interest  rate  of  3.875%.  During  March  and  April  2018,  we  used  the  net  proceeds  of  this  offering  to 
repurchase our outstanding $200.0 million 5.25% senior subordinated notes due 2024 and our outstanding €200.0 million 5.5% 
senior  subordinated  notes  due  2023.  We  paid  approximately  $7.5  million  of  fees  related  to  issuing  the  2028  notes,  and 
recognized a $23.0 million loss on debt extinguishment in 2018 for premiums paid to the bond holders to retire the 2024 and 
2023 notes and for the unamortized debt issuance costs that we wrote-off. See Note 13. 

Gain from Patent Litigation 

On  July  5,  2011,  the  Company’s  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  PPC  Broadband,  Inc.  (“PPC”),  filed  an  action  for  patent 
infringement  against  Corning  Optical  Communications  RF  LLC  (“Corning”)  alleging  that  Corning  infringed  two  of  PPC’s 
patents. In July 2015, a jury found that Corning willfully infringed both patents. Following a series of appeals, we received a 
pre-tax amount of approximately $62.1 million from Corning on July 19, 2018. We recorded the $62.1 million of cash received 
as  a  pre-tax  gain  from  patent  litigation  during  2018.  Prior  to  2018,  we  had  not  recognized  any  amounts  in  our  consolidated 
financial statements related to this matter. On September 27, 2018, Corning filed a petition for certiorari review by the U.S. 
Supreme Court. On December 10, 2018, Corning’s certiorari review by the Supreme Court was denied, thus exhausting their 
opportunities for further appellate relief. 

Grass Valley and SAM Integration Program: 2018 

During the first quarter of 2018, we began a restructuring program to integrate SAM with Grass Valley. The restructuring and 
integration activities are focused on achieving desired cost savings by consolidating existing and acquired facilities and other 
support functions. We recognized $42.3 million of severance and other restructuring costs for this program during 2018. The 
costs were incurred by the Enterprise Solutions segment. We expect to incur approximately $3 million of additional severance 
and restructuring costs for this program, which will be incurred during the first quarter of 2019. See Note 12. 

Industrial Manufacturing Footprint Program: 2016-2018 

In  2016,  we  began  a  program  to  consolidate  our  manufacturing  footprint. The  manufacturing  consolidation  is  substantially 
complete. We recognized $17.7 million of severance and other restructuring costs for this program during 2018. The costs were 
incurred by the Enterprise Solutions and Industrial Solutions segments, as the manufacturing locations involved in the program 
serve both platforms. To date, we have incurred a total of $66.1 million in severance and other restructuring costs, including 
manufacturing inefficiencies for this program. See Note 12. 

Disposals 

During 2018, we sold a previously closed operating facility for net proceeds of $1.5 million and recognized a $0.6 million gain 
on the sale. 

During 2018, we collected proceeds of $40.2 million from the sale of our MCS business and 50% ownership interest in Xuzhou 
Hirschmann Electronics Co. Ltd (the Hirschmann JV), which we committed to selling during the fourth quarter of 2016. The 
MCS business was part of the Industrial Solutions segment and the Hirschmann JV was an equity method investment that was 
not included in an operating segment. The MCS business operated in Germany and the United States, and the Hirschmann JV 

28 

 
 
 
was an equity method investment located in China. We reached an agreement in principle to sell this disposal group in 2016, 
however, the sale was executed in 2017 and the funds were received in 2018. See Note 2. 

29 

 
 
Results of Operations 

Consolidated Income before Taxes 

Revenues 

Gross profit 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Research and development expenses 

Amortization of intangibles 

Gain from patent litigation 

Impairment of assets held for sale 

Operating income 

Interest expense, net 

Non-operating pension cost 

Loss on debt extinguishment 

Income before taxes 

2018 Compared to 2017 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2018 vs. 2017 

2017 vs. 2016 

Percentage Change 

$ 

2,585,368 $

2,388,643 $

2,356,672

(In thousands, except percentages) 

1,008,412

525,918

140,585

98,829

62,141

—

305,221

61,559

342

22,990

220,330

934,753

461,022

134,330

103,997

—

—

235,404

82,901

714

52,441

99,348

981,321

486,403

140,519

98,385

—

23,931

232,083

95,050

8,230

2,342

126,461

8.2 %

7.9 %

14.1 %

4.7 %

(5.0)%

n/a 

— %

29.7 %

(25.7)%

(52.1)%

(56.2)%

121.8 %

1.4 %

(4.7)%

(5.2)%

(4.4)%

5.7 %

— %

(100.0)%

1.4 %

(12.8)%

(91.3)%

2,139.2 %

(21.4)%

Revenues increased $196.8 million from 2017 to 2018 due to the following factors: 

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

Acquisitions contributed $123.9 million to the increase in revenues. 

Higher sales volume resulted in a $75.7 million increase in revenues.  

Currency translation had a $14.8 million favorable impact on revenues. 

Higher copper costs contributed $10.1 million to the increase in revenues. 

The divestiture of our MCS business resulted in a $27.7 million decrease in revenues.  

Gross profit increased $73.7 million from 2017 to 2018 while gross profit margin remained relatively flat year-over-year. The 
increase in gross profit is primarily attributable to the increase in revenues discussed above, and the impact on margins is due to 
copper  prices,  which  result  in  higher  revenues  as  discussed  above,  but  as  they  have  minimal  impact  to  gross  profit  dollars, 
result in lower gross profit margins. Gross profit for 2018 included $28.1 million of severance, restructuring, and acquisition 
integration costs; $2.2 million for the amortization of software development intangible assets; and $1.8 million of cost of sales 
arising from the adjustment of inventory to fair value related to acquisitions. Gross profit for 2017 included $32.6 million of 
severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs; $6.1 million of cost of sales arising from the adjustment of inventory 
to fair value related to an acquisition; and $0.8 million of accelerated depreciation in our Enterprise Solutions segment. 

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  increased  $64.9  million  from  2017  to  2018  primarily  due  to  increases  in 
acquisitions; severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs; currency translation; costs related to patent litigation; 
and purchase accounting effects of acquisitions, which contributed an estimated $35.5 million, $25.1 million, $3.7 million, $2.6 
million,  and  $1.7  million, respectively,  to  the  increase  in selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses;  partially  offset  by  the 
MCS divestiture in 2017, which contributed to a decline of approximately $3.7 million over the year ago period. 

Research and development expenses increased $6.3 million from 2017 to 2018 primarily due to acquisitions; increases from 
severance,  restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs;  and  currency  translation,  which  contributed  an  estimated  $12.0 
million,  $5.2  million,  and  $1.3  million,  respectively,  to  the  increase  in  research  and  development  expenses  year-over-year. 
These increases were partially offset by $10.0 million and $2.2 million from improved productivity and the MCS divestiture in 
the fourth quarter of 2017, respectively. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of intangibles decreased $5.2 million from 2017 to 2018 primarily due to certain intangible assets becoming fully 
amortized, partially offset by an increase in amortization expense for intangible assets from the acquisitions of SAM and NT2. 
See Note 10. 

The $62.1 million gain from patent litigation in 2018 is for judgments received in 2018 from the patent infringement case filed 
in 2011 by our wholly-owned subsidiary, PPC, against Corning alleging they willfully infringed upon two patents. After years 
of  post-trial  motions  and  appeals,  the  District  Court  ruled  in  favor  of  PPC  and  required  Corning  to  pay  judgments  of  $62.1 
million in 2018 to PPC. See Note 2. 

Operating income increased $69.8 million from 2017 to 2018 primarily due to the gain from patent litigation and increases in 
gross profit discussed above, partially offset by the changes in operating expenses discussed above. 

Net interest expense decreased $21.3 million from 2017 to 2018 as a result of our debt transactions during 2017 and 2018. In 
July 2017, we issued €450.0 million aggregate principal amount of new senior subordinated notes due 2027 at an interest rate 
of  3.375%,  and  used  the  net  proceeds  of  this  offering  and  cash  on  hand  to  repurchase  all  of  our  outstanding  $700.0  million 
5.5%  senior  subordinated  notes  due  2022. In  September  2017,  we  issued  €300.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  new 
senior  subordinated  notes  due  2025  at  an  interest  rate  of  2.875%,  and  used  the  net  proceeds  of  this  offering  to  repurchase 
€300.0 million of our outstanding €500.0 million 5.5% senior subordinated notes due 2023. In March 2018, we issued €350.0 
million aggregate principal amount of new senior subordinated notes due 2028 at an interest rate of 3.875%, and used the net 
proceeds of this offering and cash on hand to repurchase all of our outstanding €200.0 million 5.5% senior subordinated notes 
due 2023 as well as all of our outstanding $200.0 million 5.25% senior subordinated notes due 2024. 

The loss on debt extinguishment recognized in 2018 represents the premium paid to the bond holders to retire the 2023 and 
2024 notes as well as the unamortized debt issuance costs that were written-off. The loss on debt extinguishment recognized in 
2017  represents  the  premium  paid  to  the  bond  holders  to  retire  the  2022  and  a  portion  of  the  2023  notes  as  well  as  the 
unamortized debt  issuance  costs  that  were written-off  and  the  unamortized  debt  issuance  costs  related  to  creditors no  longer 
participating in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the Revolver), which we amended in May 2017. See Note 13. 

Income before taxes increased by $121.0 million from 2017 to 2018 primarily due to the increase in operating income, decrease 
in interest expense, and decrease in the loss on debt extinguishment discussed above. 

2017 Compared to 2016 

Revenues increased $31.9 million from 2016 to 2017 due to the following factors: 

•  

•  

•  

•  

Acquisitions contributed $30.8 million to the increase in revenues. 

Higher copper costs contributed $13.0 million to the increase in revenues. 

Currency translation had a $12.2 million favorable impact on revenues. 

Lower sales volume resulted in a $24.1 million decrease in revenues.  

Gross  profit  decreased  $47.0  million  from  2016  to  2017,  and  gross  profit  margin  decreased  250  basis  points  from  41.6%  in 
2016 to 39.1% in 2017. The decrease in gross profit and margin is primarily attributable to the decrease in lower sales volume 
discussed  above;  increases  in  severance,  restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs;  and  increases  in  copper  costs. 
Increases in copper prices result in higher revenues as discussed above, but as they have minimal impact to gross profit dollars, 
resulting in lower gross profit margins. Gross profit for 2017 included $32.6 million of severance, restructuring, and acquisition 
integration costs; $6.1 million of cost of sales arising from the adjustment of inventory to fair value related to an acquisition; 
and $0.8 million of accelerated depreciation in our Enterprise Solutions segment. Gross profit for 2016 included $12.3 million 
of  severance,  restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs;  $1.0  million  of  cost  of  sales  arising  from  the  adjustment  of 
inventory to fair value related to acquisitions; and $0.9 million of accelerated depreciation in our Enterprise Solutions segment. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $33.2 million from 2016 to 2017 primarily due to a $15.7 million 
decrease  in  severance,  restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs  and  improved  productivity.  Selling,  general  and 

31 

 
administrative expenses included $10.0 million of severance, restructuring, and integration costs in 2017 as compared to $25.7 
million in 2016. The remaining decrease is primarily due to realized benefits from our productivity improvement initiatives. 

Research and development expenses decreased by $6.3 million from 2016 to 2017 primarily due to productivity improvement 
initiatives, which contributed $8.8 million to the decline in research and development expenses, partially offset by $2.7 million 
from the acquisition of Thinklogical. 

Amortization  of  intangibles  increased  $5.6  million  from  2016  to  2017  primarily  due  to  the  acquisition  of  Thinklogical  and 
amortization  from  the Tripwire  trademark,  which  we  began  amortizing  in  2017. These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  the 
intangible assets classified as held for sale for which we ceased amortizing in the fourth quarter of 2016. See Note 10. 

The $23.9 million impairment of assets held for sale in 2016 related to our MCS business and Hirschmann JV. The amount of 
the impairment of assets held for sale represents the excess carrying value over the fair value of the assets. See Note 2. 

Operating income increased by $10.8 million from 2016 to 2017 primarily due to the impairment of assets held for sale in the 
prior  year  and  the  decline  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses;  partially  offset  by  the  decline  in  gross  profit 
discussed above. 

Interest expense decreased $12.2 million from 2016 to 2017 due to the financing activities in 2017 discussed above. See Note 
13. 

The loss on debt extinguishment increased $50.1 million from 2016 to 2017. The loss on debt extinguishment recognized in 
2017 is the result of the refinancing actions discussed above. The loss on debt extinguishment recognized in 2016 represents the 
unamortized debt issuance costs written off for the Term Loan that we repaid in 2016. See Note 13. 

Income before taxes decreased by $27.2 million from 2016 to 2017 primarily due to the increase in loss on debt extinguishment 
discussed above. 

Income Taxes 

Income before taxes 

Income tax benefit (expense) 

Effective tax rate 

2018 Compared to 2017 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2018 vs. 2017 

2017 vs. 2016 

Percentage Change 

$

220,330 

$

(59,619) 

27.1%

99,348 

(In thousands, except percentages) 
126,461 
1,185 

$

(6,495) 

6.5%

(0.9)%   

121.8%

817.9%

(21.4)%

(648.1)%

We recognized income tax expense of $59.6 million in 2018, representing an effective tax rate of 27.1%. The effective tax rate 
was impacted by the "Tax Cuts and Jobs Act" (the “Act”) and foreign tax rate differences. 

On December 22, 2017, the Act was signed into law, making significant changes to the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. Changes 
include, but are not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 
31, 2017, the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial tax system, and a one-time 
transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017. In accordance 
with the Act, we recorded $28.4 million as additional income tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2017, the period in which the 
legislation was enacted. The total income tax expense included a $36.0 million tax benefit for the remeasurement of deferred 
tax assets and liabilities to the 21% rate at which they are expected to reverse, offset with a one-time tax expense on deemed 
repatriation of $29.1 million and a valuation allowance of $35.3 million recorded against foreign tax credit carryovers that we 
no longer expect to be able to realize based upon the new tax law. Additionally, Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) 
was issued to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income 
tax effects of the Act. December 22, 2018 marked the end of the measurement period for purposes of SAB 118. As such, we 
have completed our analysis based on legislative updates relating to the Act currently available, which resulted in additional 
SAB 118 tax expense of $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The total tax expense included an $8.0 million 
tax  expense  associated  with  an  increase  to  the  valuation  allowance  against  foreign  tax  credit  carryovers  that  we  no  longer 
expect  to  be  able  to  realize  based  upon  the  new  tax  law,  a  $1.3  million  tax  expense  adjustment  to  the  transition  tax  on  the 
deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings, a $1.1 million tax expense resulting from a valuation allowance established 
on the deferred tax assets associated with stock options of covered employees, and a $0.4 million income tax benefit associated 
with an adjustment to the remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities. 

Our income tax expense was also impacted by foreign tax rate differences. Foreign tax rate differences reduced our income tax 
expense by approximately $4.0 million and $13.0 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Our income tax expense and effective tax rate in future periods may be impacted by many factors, including our geographic 
mix of income and changes in tax laws. 

As of December 31, 2018, we maintained a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets of $90.9 million. Of this amount, 
approximately  $58.0  million  relates  to  net  operating  loss  deferred  tax  assets  for  certain  of  our  Grass Valley  entities.  Certain 
Grass Valley entities have a history of significant tax losses in their various jurisdictions. We do not currently have sufficient 
history of taxable income in the relevant jurisdictions to support the realizability of the net operating losses. 

The remaining $32.8 million of valuation allowance primarily relates to deferred tax assets for certain U.S foreign tax credits 
and U.S. state net operating losses and tax credits. The $23.9 million valuation allowance on the foreign tax credits is a direct 
result of the Act, as described above. The remaining $8.9 million valuation allowance primarily relates to state net operating 
losses and tax credits. While we have positive evidence in the form of projected sources of income, we determined that these 
state carryforward assets were not realizable as of December 31, 2018 due to a history of net operating losses and tax credits 
expiring without being utilized in certain states and because the current forecast of income is not sufficient to utilize all of these 
state net operating losses and tax credits prior to expiration. 

2017 Compared to 2016 

We recognized income tax expense of $6.5 million in 2017, representing an effective tax rate of 6.5%. The effective tax rate 
was impacted by the following significant factors: 

•  

On  December  22,  2017,  the  “Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs Act”  (the  “Act”)  was  signed  into  law,  making  significant 
changes to the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. Changes included, but were not limited to, a corporate tax rate 
decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S. 
international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial tax system, and a one-time transition tax on 
the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017. The Company 
calculated its best estimate of the impact of the Act in its income tax provision for the year ended December 
31, 2017 in accordance with its understanding of the Act and guidance available as of the date of the filing of 
the 2017 Form 10-K, and as a result, recorded $28.4 million of additional income tax expense in the fourth 
quarter of  2017,  the period  in which  the  legislation was enacted. This provisional  income  tax  expense  was 
comprised  of  a  $36.0  million  tax  benefit  for  the  remeasurement  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  to  the 
21%  rate  at  which  they  were  expected  to  reverse,  offset  by  $29.1  million  for  a  one-time  tax  expense  on 
deemed repatriation, and a $35.3 million valuation allowance recorded against foreign tax credit carryovers 
that we no longer expect to be able to realize based upon the new tax law.  

•  

We recognized a net tax benefit of $27.1 million resulting from a non-taxable translation gain associated with 
a debt instrument that was treated as a loan for U.S. GAAP purposes but as equity for tax purposes. 

The  net  tax  benefit  described  above  for  2017  was  partially  offset  by  $2.2  million  of  tax  expense  to  record  a  liability  for 
uncertain tax positions primarily for our foreign jurisdictions. 

33 

 
 
Our income tax expense was also impacted by foreign tax rate differences. The statutory tax rates associated with our foreign 
earnings generally were lower than the 2017 statutory U.S. tax rate of 35%. This had the greatest impact on our income before 
taxes that was generated in Germany, Canada, and the Netherlands, which have statutory tax rates of approximately 28%, 26%, 
and 25%, respectively. Foreign tax rate differences reduced our income tax expense by approximately $13.0 million and $17.7 
million in 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Our income tax expense and effective tax rate in future periods may be impacted by many factors, including our geographic 
mix of income and changes in tax laws. 

As of December 31, 2017, we maintained a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets of $151.8 million. Of this amount, 
approximately $104.3 million related to net operating loss deferred tax assets for certain of our Grass Valley entities. Certain 
Grass Valley entities have a history of significant tax losses in their various jurisdictions. We do not currently have sufficient 
history of taxable income in the relevant jurisdictions to support the realizability of the net operating losses. 

The remaining $47.5 million of valuation allowance primarily related to deferred tax assets for certain U.S foreign tax credits 
and U.S. state net operating losses and tax credits. The $35.3 million valuation allowance on the foreign tax credits was a direct 
result of the Act, as described above. The remaining $12.2 million valuation allowance related to state net operating losses and 
tax  credits.  While  we  have  positive  evidence  in  the  form  of  projected  sources  of  income,  we  determined  that  these  state 
carryforward  assets  were  not  realizable  as  of  December 31,  2017  due  to  a  history  of  net  operating  losses  and  tax  credits 
expiring without being utilized in certain states and because the forecast of income at such time was not sufficient to utilize all 
of these state net operating losses and tax credits prior to expiration. 

Consolidated Adjusted Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2018 vs. 2017 

2017 vs. 2016 

Percentage Change 

Adjusted Revenues 

Adjusted EBITDA 

$

2,591,980 
474,162 

$

(In thousands, except percentages) 
2,357,805 
431,201 

2,388,643 
434,276 

$

8.5%

9.2%

1.3%

0.7%

as a percent of adjusted revenues 

18.3%

18.2%

18.3%   

2018 Compared to 2017 

Adjusted Revenues increased $203.4 million in 2018 from 2017 due to the following factors: 

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

Acquisitions contributed $130.5 million to the increase in adjusted revenues. 

Higher sales volume resulted in a $75.7 million increase in adjusted revenues.  

Currency translation had a $14.8 million favorable impact on adjusted revenues. 

Higher copper costs contributed $10.1 million to the increase in adjusted revenues. 

The divestiture of our MCS business resulted in a $27.7 million decrease in adjusted revenues.  

Adjusted EBITDA increased $39.9 million in 2018 from 2017 primarily due to the increases in revenues discussed above as 
well as productivity initiatives. 

2017 Compared to 2016 

Adjusted Revenues increased $30.8 million in 2017 from 2016 due to the following factors: 

•  

•  

•  

Acquisitions contributed $30.8 million to the increase in adjusted revenues. 

Higher copper costs contributed $13.0 million to the increase in adjusted revenues. 

Currency translation had a $12.2 million favorable impact on adjusted revenues. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  

Lower sales volume resulted in a $25.2 million decrease in adjusted revenues.  

Adjusted  EBITDA  increased  $3.1  million  in  2017  from  2016  primarily  due  to  productivity  initiatives  and  the  impact  of 
acquisitions and currency translation; partially offset by lower sales volume. 

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information 

Adjusted Revenues, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, and free cash flow are non-GAAP financial measures. In 
addition  to  reporting  financial  results  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States,  we 
provide non-GAAP operating results adjusted for certain items, including: asset impairments; accelerated depreciation expense 
due  to  plant  consolidation  activities;  purchase  accounting  effects  related  to  acquisitions,  such  as  the  adjustment  of  acquired 
inventory and deferred revenue to fair value, and transaction costs; severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs; 
gains (losses) recognized on the disposal of businesses and tangible assets; amortization of intangible assets; gains (losses) on 
debt extinguishment; certain revenues and gains (losses) from patent settlements; discontinued operations; and other costs. We 
adjust for  the  items  listed  above  in  all periods presented,  unless  the  impact  is  clearly immaterial  to our financial  statements. 
When we  calculate  the  tax  effect  of  the  adjustments,  we  include  all  current  and deferred  income  tax  expense  commensurate 
with the adjusted measure of pre-tax profitability. 

We utilize the adjusted results to review our ongoing operations without the effect of these adjustments and for comparison to 
budgeted operating results. We believe the adjusted results are useful to investors because they help them compare our results 
to previous periods and provide important insights into underlying trends in the business and how management oversees our 
business operations on a day-to-day basis. As an example, we adjust for the purchase accounting effect of recording deferred 
revenue at fair value in order to reflect the revenues that would have otherwise been recorded by acquired businesses had they 
remained as independent entities. We believe this presentation is useful in evaluating the underlying performance of acquired 
companies. Similarly, we adjust for other acquisition-related expenses, such as amortization of intangibles and other impacts of 
fair  value  adjustments  because  they  generally  are  not  related  to  the  acquired  businesses'  core  business  performance. As  an 
additional  example,  we  exclude  the  costs  of  restructuring  programs,  which  can  occur  from  time  to  time  for  our  current 
businesses and/or recently acquired businesses. We exclude the costs in calculating adjusted results to allow us and investors to 
evaluate  the  performance  of  the  business  based  upon  its  expected  ongoing  operating  structure.  We  believe  the  adjusted 
measures, accompanied by the disclosure of the costs of these programs, provides valuable insight. 

Adjusted  results  should be  considered  only  in  conjunction with results reported  according  to  accounting principles  generally 
accepted in the United States. See Item 6, Selected Financial Data, for the tables that reconcile our GAAP results to our non-
GAAP financial measures. 

Segment Results of Operations 

For additional information regarding our segment measures, see Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Enterprise Solutions 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2018 vs. 2017 

2017 vs. 2016 

Percentage Change 

Segment Revenues 

Segment EBITDA 

$

1,522,178 
267,656 

$

(In thousands, except percentages) 
1,372,941 
239,978 

1,356,305 
216,558 

$

12.2%

23.6%

(1.2)%

(9.8)%

as a percent of segment revenues 

17.6%

16.0%

17.5%   

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2018 Compared to 2017 

Enterprise revenues increased $165.9 million in 2018 as compared to 2017 primarily due to acquisitions, increases in volume, 
favorable  currency  translation,  and  higher  copper  prices,  which  contributed  $130.5  million,  $25.2  million,  $5.8  million,  and 
$4.4 million, respectively, to the increase in revenues over the year ago period. 

Enterprise EBITDA increased $51.1 million in 2018 as compared to 2017 primarily due to the increases in revenues discussed 
above and successful restructuring actions. Accordingly, EBITDA margins expanded 160 basis points over the year ago period. 

2017 Compared to 2016 

Enterprise  revenues  decreased  $16.6  million  in  2017  as  compared  to  2016  primarily  due  to  decreases  in  volume,  which 
contributed $66.6 million to the decrease in revenues. The decrease in volume was partially offset by $30.8 million of revenues 
from  the  acquisition  of  Thinklogical  as  well  as  higher  copper  costs  and  favorable  currency  translation,  which  had  a  $15.3 
million and $3.9 million favorable impact on revenues, respectively. 

Enterprise EBITDA decreased $23.4 million in 2017 as compared to 2016 primarily due to the decreases in revenues discussed 
above and the inability to fully and timely pass through the rising copper costs to our customers; partially offset by improved 
productivity resulting from our restructuring actions and acquisition integration activities. 

Industrial Solutions 

Segment Revenues 

Segment EBITDA 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2018 vs. 2017 

2017 vs. 2016 

(In thousands, except percentages) 

$

1,069,802 
207,724 

$

1,032,338 
214,190 

$

984,864 
193,811 

3.6 %

(3.0)%

4.8%

10.5%

Percentage Change 

as a percent of segment revenues 

19.4%

20.7%

19.7%   

2018 Compared to 2017 

Industrial Solutions revenues increased $37.5 million in 2018 as compared to 2017 primarily due to volume growth, favorable 
currency translation, and higher copper costs, which contributed $50.5 million, $9.0 million, and $5.7 million, respectively, to 
the increase in revenues year over year; partially offset by $27.7 million from the MCS divestiture in 2017. 

Industrial EBITDA decreased $6.5 million in 2018 as compared to 2017. The revenue growth discussed above was offset by 
unfavorable product mix and temporary inefficiencies related to extended lead times throughout the supply chain experienced 
in 2018. 

2017 Compared to 2016 

Industrial  Solutions  revenues  increased  $47.5  million  in  2017  as  compared  to  2016  primarily  due  to  volume  growth,  higher 
copper costs, and favorable currency translation, which contributed $24.6 million, $14.5 million, and $8.4 million, respectively, 
to  the  increase  in  revenues  year  over  year.  Our  robust  growth  in  volume  stems  from  our  continued  strength  in  discrete 
manufacturing, our largest vertical. 

Industrial EBITDA increased $20.4 million in 2017 as compared to 2016 primarily due to leverage on volume and productivity 
improvements. Accordingly, Industrial Solutions EBITDA margins expanded 100 basis points to 20.7%. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Significant factors affecting our cash liquidity include (1) cash provided by operating activities, (2) disposals of businesses and 
tangible  assets,  (3) cash  used  for  acquisitions,  restructuring  actions,  capital  expenditures,  share  repurchases,  dividends,  and 
senior  subordinated  note  repurchases,  (4) our  available  credit  facilities  and  other  borrowing  arrangements,  and  (5)  cash 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
proceeds from equity offerings. We expect our operating activities to generate cash in 2019 and believe our sources of liquidity 
are  sufficient  to  fund  current  working  capital  requirements,  capital  expenditures,  contributions  to our  retirement  plans,  share 
repurchases,  senior  subordinated  note  repurchases,  quarterly  dividend  payments,  and  our  short-term  operating  strategies. 
However, we may require external financing were we to complete a significant acquisition. Our ability to continue to fund our 
future  needs  from  business operations  could be  affected by  many  factors,  including, but  not  limited  to:  economic  conditions 
worldwide, customer demand, competitive market forces, customer acceptance of our product mix, and commodities pricing. 

The following table is derived from our Consolidated Cash Flow Statements: 

Net cash provided by (used for): 

Operating activities 
Investing activities 
Financing activities 

Effects of currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year 

Years Ended 
December 31,

2018 

2017

(In thousands)

$

$

289,220    $
(140,676)  
(281,770)  
(7,272)  
(140,498)  
561,108   
420,610    $

255,300
(230,118)
(331,448)
19,258
(287,008)
848,116
561,108

Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $289.2 million for 2018 compared to $255.3 million for 2017. The increase 
over the year ago period is primarily due to the $62.1 million received from Corning for the patent infringement litigation, an 
increase  in  net  income,  and  a  favorable  change  in  inventory;  partially  offset  by  an  unfavorable  change  in  accounts  payable. 
Inventory was a use of cash of $14.8 million in 2018 compared to $84.1 million in the prior year. The increase in inventory 
levels in 2017 was greater than in 2018 due in part to the build in safety stock inventory throughout 2017 to support the closure 
of an operating facility. Accounts payable was a use of cash of $29.4 million in 2018 compared to a source of cash of $100.8 
million in the prior year. The accounts payable use of cash in 2018 is primarily attributable to the growth in inventory levels in 
the latter part of 2017 as discussed above. 

Net cash used for investing activities totaled $140.7 million for 2018 compared to $230.1 million for 2017. Investing activities 
for 2018 included capital expenditures of $97.8 million; payments, net of cash acquired, for acquisitions of $84.6 million; net 
proceeds from the sale of an operating facility of $1.5 million; and net of cash received for the sale of the MCS business and 
Hirschmann JV which closed on December 31, 2017 of $40.2 million. Investing activities for 2017 included payments, net of 
cash acquired, for acquisitions of $166.9 million and capital expenditures of $64.3 million. 

Net  cash  flows  from  financing  activities  was  a  $281.8  million  use  of  cash  for  2018  compared  to  $331.4  million  for  2017. 
Financing activities for 2018 included payments under borrowing arrangements of $484.8 million, payments under our share 
repurchase  program  of  $175.0  million,  cash  dividend  payments  of  $43.2  million,  debt  issuance  costs  of  $7.6  million,  net 
payments  related  to  share  based  compensation  activities  of  $2.1  million,  payments  for  the  redemption  of  our  stockholders' 
rights agreement of $0.4 million, and cash proceeds from the issuance of the €350.0 million 3.875% Notes due 2028 of $431.3 
million.  Financing  activities  for  2017  included  payments  under  borrowing  arrangements  of  $1,105.9  million,  cash  dividend 
payments  of  $43.4  million,  debt  issuance  costs  of  $17.3  million,  payments  under  our  share  repurchase  program  of  $25.0 
million, net payments related to share based compensation activities of $6.6 million, and borrowings under credit arrangements 
of $866.7 million. 

Our cash and cash equivalents balance was $420.6 million as of December 31, 2018. Of this amount, $184.1 million was held 
outside of the U.S. in our foreign operations. Substantially all of the foreign cash and cash equivalents are readily convertible 
into  U.S.  dollars  or  other  foreign  currencies.  The  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs  Act  of  2017  included  a  one-time  transition  tax  of 
unremitted foreign earnings. Accordingly, in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, we recorded a tax expense of $1.3 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
million and $29.1 million, respectively, most of which was non-cash and related to the transition tax on the one-time mandatory 
deemed repatriation of all our foreign earnings. Our strategic plan does not require the repatriation of foreign cash in order to 
fund our operations in the U.S., and it is our current intention to permanently reinvest the foreign cash and cash equivalents 
outside of the U.S. If we were to repatriate the foreign cash to the U.S., we may be required to accrue and pay U.S. taxes in 
accordance  with  applicable  U.S.  tax  rules  and  regulations  as  a  result  of  the  repatriation.  See  Note  15,  Income  Taxes  in  the 
accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements. 

Our  outstanding  debt  obligations  as  of  December 31,  2018  consisted  of  $1.5  billion  of  senior  subordinated  notes.  As  of 
December 31,  2018,  we  had  no  borrowings  outstanding  on  the  Revolver,  and  our  available  borrowing  capacity  was  $359.1 
million.  Additional  discussion  regarding  our  various  borrowing  arrangements  is  included  in  Note  13  to  the  Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

Contractual obligations outstanding at December 31, 2018, have the following scheduled maturities: 

Long-term debt payment obligations (1)(2) 
Interest payments on long-term debt 
obligations 
Operating lease obligations (3) 
Purchase obligations (4) 
Other commitments (5) 
Pension and other postemployment 
obligations 
Total 

Total 

Less than 
1 Year

1-3 
Years
(In thousands)

4-5 
Years 

More than 
5 Years

1,485,900 $

— $

— $ 

—  $

1,485,900

455,700

100,926
30,248
8,292

52,149

19,877
30,248
1,792

104,299

32,307
—
5,725

104,299
19,971 
— 
775 

194,953

28,771
—
—

83,014

7,729

15,818

$ 

2,164,080 $

111,795 $

158,149 $ 

17,287
142,332  $

42,180

1,751,804

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

As described in Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Amounts  do  not  include  accrued  and  unpaid  interest.  Accrued  and  unpaid  interest  related  to  long-term  debt  obligations  is 
reflected on the line entitled, "Interest payments on long-term debt obligations" in the table. 

As described in Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Includes  agreements  to  purchase  goods  or  services  that  are  enforceable  and  legally  binding  on  us  and  that  specify  all 
significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum, or variable price provisions; and 
the approximate timing of the transaction. 

Does not include accounts payable reflected in the financial statements. Includes obligations for uncertain tax positions and 
legal settlement obligations (see Notes 15 and 27 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). 

Our commercial commitments expire or mature as follows: 

Total 

Less than 
1 Year 

1-3 
Years 

3-5 
Years 

More than 
5 Years 

(In thousands)

Standby financial letters of credit 
Bank guarantees 
Surety bonds 

$ 

7,467 $
3,957
2,360

7,184 $
2,561
2,360

283 $ 

1,396
—

Total 

$ 

13,784 $

12,105 $

1,679 $ 

—  $
— 
— 
—  $

—
—
—

—

Standby financial letters of credit, bank guarantees, and surety bonds are generally issued to secure obligations we have for a 
variety of commercial reasons such as workers compensation self-insurance programs in several states and the importation and 
exportation of product. We expect to replace most of these when they expire or mature. 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial 
condition, results of operations, or cash flows that are or would be considered material to investors. 

Current-Year Adoption of Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

Discussion  regarding  our  adoption  of  accounting  pronouncements  is  included  in  Note  2  to  the  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements. 

Critical Accounting Estimates 

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  are  prepared  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  U.S. 
(GAAP). In connection with the preparation of our financial statements, we are required to make assumptions and estimates 
about  future  events,  and  apply  judgments  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  revenues,  expenses,  and  the 
related  disclosures.  We  base  our  assumptions,  estimates,  and  judgments  on  historical  experience,  current  trends,  and  other 
factors  that  management  believes  to be  relevant  at  the  time  our  consolidated  financial  statements  are  prepared.  On  a  regular 
basis,  we  review  the  accounting  policies,  assumptions,  estimates,  and  judgments  to  ensure  that  our  financial  statements  are 
presented  fairly  and  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  However,  because  future  events  and  their  effects  cannot  be  determined  with 
certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material. 

Our  significant  accounting  policies  are  discussed  in  Note  2  of  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  We  believe  that  the 
following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, 
and  they  require  our  most  difficult,  subjective,  or  complex  judgments,  resulting  from  the  need  to  make  estimates  about  the 
effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. 

Revenue Recognition 

We recognize revenue consistent with the principles as outlined in the following five step model: (1) identify the contract with 
the  customer,  (2) identify  the  performance  obligations  in  the  contract,  (3) determine  the  transaction  price,  (4) allocate  the 
transaction  price  to  the  performance  obligations  in  the  contract,  and  (5)  recognize  revenue  when  (or  as)  each  performance 
obligation is satisfied. See Note 3. 

At the time of sale, we establish an estimated reserve for trade, promotion, and other special price reductions such as contract 
pricing,  discounts  to  meet  competitor  pricing,  and  on-time  payment  discounts.  We  also  reserve  for,  among  other  things, 
correction of billing errors, incorrect shipments, and settlement of customer disputes. Customers are allowed to return inventory 
if  and  when  certain  conditions  regarding  the  functionality  of  the  inventory  and  our  approval  of  the  return  are  met.  Certain 
distribution customers are allowed to return inventory at original cost, in an amount not to exceed three percent of the prior 
year’s purchases, in exchange for an order of equal or greater value. Until we can process these reductions, corrections, and 
returns  (together,  the  Changes)  through  individual  customer  records,  we  estimate  the  amount  of  outstanding  Changes  and 
recognize them by reducing revenues and accounts receivable. We determine our estimate based on our historical Changes as a 
percentage of revenues and the average time period between the original sale and the issuance of the Changes. We also adjust 
other current assets and cost of sales for the estimated level of returns. 

We  base  these  estimates  on  historical  and  anticipated  sales  demand,  trends  in  product  pricing,  and  historical  and  anticipated 
Changes patterns. We make revisions to these estimates in the period in which the facts that give rise to each revision become 
known. Future market conditions and product transitions might require us to take actions to further reduce prices and increase 
customer return authorizations. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the 
future estimates or assumptions we use to measure the Changes. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates 
or  assumptions,  we  may  be  exposed  to  losses  or  gains  that  could  be  material. A  10%  change  in  our  sales  reserve  for  such 
Changes as of December 31, 2018 would have affected net income by less than $1 million in 2018. 

39 

 
At times, we enter into arrangements that involve the delivery of multiple promised goods or services. For these arrangements, 
when the promised goods or services can be separated, the revenue is allocated to each distinct good or service based on that 
performance obligation’s relative standalone selling price and recognized based on the period of delivery for each performance 
obligation  Generally,  we  determine  standalone  selling  price  using  the  adjusted  market  assessment  approach.  For  software 
licenses with highly variable standalone selling prices sold with either support or professional services, we generally determine 
the standalone selling price of the software license using the residual approach. 

Revenue allocated to support services under our support contracts is typically recognized ratably over the term of the service. 
Revenue allocated to distinct professional services is recognized when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied depending 
on the terms of the arrangement. When professional services are not distinct from goods, the professional services and goods 
are combined into one performance obligation, and revenue allocated to that performance obligation is recognized when (or as) 
the performance obligation is satisfied. 

Income Taxes 

We  recognize  deferred  tax  assets  resulting  from  tax  credit  carryforwards,  net  operating  loss  carryforwards,  and  deductible 
temporary differences between taxable income on our income tax returns and income before taxes under GAAP. Deferred tax 
assets  generally  represent  future  tax  benefits  to  be  received  when  these  carryforwards  can  be  applied  against  future  taxable 
income  or  when  expenses  previously  reported  in  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  become  deductible  for  income  tax 
purposes. A deferred tax asset valuation allowance is required when some portion or all of the deferred tax assets may not be 
realized.  We  are  required  to  estimate  taxable  income  in  future  years  or  develop  tax  strategies  that  would  enable  tax  asset 
realization in each taxing jurisdiction and use judgment to determine whether to record a deferred tax asset valuation allowance 
for part or all of a deferred tax asset. 

We consider the weight of all available evidence, both positive and negative, in assessing the realizability of the deferred tax 
assets  associated  with  net  operating  losses.  We  consider  the  reversals  of  existing  taxable  temporary  differences  as  well  as 
projections of future taxable income. We consider the future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences to the extent 
they were of the same character as the temporary differences giving rise to the deferred tax assets. We also consider whether the 
future  reversals  of  existing  taxable  temporary  differences  will  occur  in  the  same  period  and  jurisdiction  as  the  temporary 
differences giving rise to the deferred tax assets. The assumptions utilized to estimate our future taxable income are consistent 
with those assumptions utilized for purposes of testing goodwill for impairment, as well as with our budgeting and strategic 
planning processes. 

Significant  judgment  is  required  in  evaluating  our  uncertain  tax  positions.  We  establish  accruals  for  uncertain  tax  positions 
when we believe that the full amount of the associated tax benefit may not be realized. In the future, if we prevail in matters for 
which accruals have been established previously or pay amounts in excess of reserves, there could be a material effect on our 
income tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made. 

We have significant tax credit carryforwards in the U.S. for which we have recorded a partial valuation allowance as a result of 
the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the "Act"). The utilization of these credits is dependent upon the recognition of both U.S. 
taxable income as well as income characterized as foreign source under the U.S. tax laws. We do not expect to generate enough 
foreign source income in the future to utilize all of these tax credits due to law changes introduced by the Act. Nevertheless, in 
2019 we expect to analyze tax planning strategies to potentially identify additional foreign source income in the carryforward 
period. In addition, we have significant research and development related tax credit carryforwards in Canada on which we have 
not  recorded  a  valuation  allowance.  The  utilization  of  these  credits  is  dependent  upon  the  recognition  of  Canadian  taxable 
income, and we expect to generate enough taxable income in the future to utilize these tax credits. 

See Note 15, Income Taxes, to the consolidated financial statements for further information regarding income taxes. 

40 

 
 
 
 
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets 

We test our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets not subject to amortization for impairment on an annual basis 
during  the  fourth  quarter  or  when  indicators  of  impairment  exist.  We  base  our  estimates  on  assumptions  we  believe  to  be 
reasonable,  but  which  are  not  predictable  with  precision  and  therefore  are  inherently  uncertain. Actual  future  results  could 
differ from these estimates. 

We test goodwill annually for impairment at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment, or a business unit 
one level below an operating segment if discrete financial information for that business is prepared and regularly reviewed by 
segment management. However, components within an operating segment are aggregated as a single reporting unit if they have 
similar  economic  characteristics.  We  determined  that  each  of  our  reportable  segments  (Enterprise  Solutions  and  Industrial 
Solutions)  represents  an  operating  segment.  Within  those  operating  segments,  we  have  identified  reporting  units  based  on 
whether there is discrete financial information prepared that is regularly reviewed by segment management. As a result of this 
evaluation,  we  have  identified  five  reporting  units  within  Enterprise  Solutions  and  six  reporting  units  within  Industrial 
Solutions for purposes of goodwill impairment testing. 

The  accounting  guidance  related  to  goodwill  impairment  testing  allows  for  the  performance  of  an  optional  qualitative 
assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Such an 
evaluation is made based on the weight of all available evidence and the significance of all identified events and circumstances 
that  may  influence  the  fair value  of  a  reporting unit. If  it is  more  likely  than not  that  the fair value  is  less  than  the  carrying 
value,  then  a  quantitative  assessment  is  required  for  the  reporting  unit,  as  described  in  the  paragraph  below.  In  2018,  we 
performed a qualitative assessment for seven of our reporting units, which collectively represented approximately $383 million 
of  our  consolidated  goodwill  balance.  For  those  reporting  units  for  which  we  performed  a  qualitative  assessment,  we 
determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value was greater than the carrying value, and therefore, we did not 
perform the calculation of fair value for these reporting units as described in the paragraph below. 

When we evaluate goodwill for impairment using a quantitative assessment, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to 
its carrying value. We determine the fair value using an income approach. Under the income approach, we calculate the fair 
value of a reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows using growth rates and discount rates that are 
consistent with current market conditions in our industry. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the 
net assets including goodwill assigned to that unit, goodwill is not impaired. If the carrying value of the reporting unit’s net 
assets  including  goodwill  exceeds  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit,  then  we  record  an  impairment  charge  based  on  that 
difference. In addition to the income approach, we calculate the fair value of our reporting units under a market approach. The 
market approach measures the fair value of a reporting unit through analysis of financial multiples of comparable businesses. 
Consideration is given to the financial conditions and operating performance of the reporting unit being valued relative to those 
publicly-traded companies operating in the same or similar lines of business. 

We determined that none of our goodwill was impaired during 2018. Based on our annual goodwill impairment test, the excess 
of the fair values over the carrying values of our four reporting units tested under a quantitative income approach ranged from 
4% - 87%. The assumptions used to estimate fair values were based on the past performance of the reporting unit as well as the 
projections  incorporated  in  our  strategic  plan.  Significant  assumptions  included  sales  growth,  profitability,  and  related  cash 
flows, along with cash flows associated with taxes and capital spending. The discount rate used to estimate fair value was risk 
adjusted  in  consideration  of  the  economic  conditions  in  effect  at  the  time  of  the  impairment  test.  We  also  considered 
assumptions that market participants may use. In our quantitative assessments, the discount rates ranged from 10.1% to 14.5% 
and the long-term growth rates ranged from 2.0% to 3.0%. By their nature, these assumptions involve risks and uncertainties, 
with the primary factor that could have an adverse effect being our assumptions relating to growing revenues consistent with 
our strategic plan. 

We test our indefinite-lived intangible assets, which consist primarily of trademarks, for impairment on an annual basis during 
the fourth quarter. The accounting guidance related to impairment testing for such intangible assets allows for the performance 
of  an  optional  qualitative  assessment,  similar  to  that  described  above  for  goodwill.  We  did  not  perform  any  qualitative 
assessments  as  part of  our  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  impairment  testing for 2018.  Rather, we performed  a  quantitative 

41 

 
assessment  for  each  of  our  indefinite-lived  trademarks  in  2018.  Under  the  quantitative  assessments,  we  determined  the  fair 
value  of  each  trademark  using  a  relief  from  royalty  methodology  and  compared  the  fair  value  to  the  carrying  value.  We 
determined that none of our trademarks were impaired during 2018. Significant assumptions to determine fair value included 
sales growth, royalty rates, and discount rates. 

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we 
used to test for impairment losses on goodwill and other intangible assets. However, if actual results are significantly different 
from our estimates or assumptions, we may have to recognize an impairment charge that could be material. 

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits 

Our pension and other postretirement benefit costs and obligations are dependent on the various actuarial assumptions used in 
calculating such amounts. These assumptions relate to discount rates, salary growth, long-term return on plan assets, health care 
cost trend rates, mortality tables, and other factors. We base the discount rate assumptions on current investment yields on high-
quality corporate long-term bonds. The salary growth assumptions reflect our long-term actual experience and future or near-
term outlook. Long-term return on plan assets is determined based on historical portfolio results and management’s expectation 
of the future economic environment. Our health care cost trend assumptions are developed based on historical cost data, the 
near-term outlook, and an assessment of likely long-term trends. Our key assumptions are described in further detail in Note 16 
to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Actual results that differ from our assumptions are accumulated and, if in excess of 
the lesser of 10% of the projected benefit obligation or the fair market value of plan assets, amortized over the estimated future 
working life of the plan participants. 

As a sensitivity measure, the effect of a 50 basis point decline in the assumed discount rate would have resulted in an increase 
in  the  2018  net  periodic  benefit  cost  and  projected  benefit  obligations  of  approximately  $0.4  million  and  $31.8  million, 
respectively, as of December 31, 2018. A 50 basis point decline in the expected return on plan assets would have resulted in an 
increase in the 2018 net periodic benefit cost of approximately $1.6 million. 

Conversely, the effect of a 50 basis point increase in the assumed discount rate would have resulted in a decrease in the 2018 
net periodic benefit cost and projected benefit obligations of approximately $0.5 million and $28.3 million, respectively, as of 
December 31, 2018. A 50 basis point increase in the expected return on plan assets would have resulted in a decrease in the 
2018 net periodic benefit cost of approximately $1.6 million. 

Business Combination Accounting 

We allocate the consideration of an acquired business to its identifiable assets and liabilities based on estimated fair values. The 
excess of the consideration over the amount allocated to the assets and liabilities, if any, is recorded to goodwill. We use all 
available  information  to  estimate  fair  values. We  typically  engage  third  party  valuation  specialists  to  assist  in  the  fair  value 
determination  of  inventories,  tangible  long-lived  assets,  and  intangible  assets  other  than  goodwill.  The  carrying  values  of 
acquired receivables and accounts payable have historically approximated their fair values as of the business combination date. 
As necessary, we may engage third party specialists to assist in the estimation of fair value for certain liabilities. We adjust the 
preliminary acquisition accounting, as necessary, typically up to one year after the acquisition closing date as we obtain more 
information regarding asset valuations and liabilities assumed. 

Our  acquisition  accounting  methodology  contains  uncertainties  because  it  requires  management  to  make  assumptions  and  to 
apply judgment to estimate the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities. Management estimates the fair value of assets and 
liabilities based upon quoted market prices, the carrying value of the acquired assets and widely accepted valuation techniques, 
including discounted cash flows and market multiple analyses. Unanticipated events or circumstances may occur which could 
affect  the  accuracy  of  our  fair  value  estimates,  including  assumptions  regarding  industry  economic  factors  and  business 
strategies. 

If  actual  results  are  materially  different  than  the  assumptions  we  used  to  determine  fair  value  of  the  assets  and  liabilities 
acquired through a business combination, it is possible that adjustments to the carrying values of such assets and liabilities will 
have an impact on our net earnings. 

42 

 
See  Note 4  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  the  acquisition-related  information  associated  with  significant 
acquisitions completed in the last three fiscal years. 

Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Market risks relating to our operations result primarily from currency exchange rates, certain commodity prices, interest rates, 
and credit extended to customers. Each of these risks is discussed below. 

Currency Exchange Rate Risk 

We are exposed to foreign currency risks that arise from normal business operations. These risks include the translation of local 
currency  balances  of  foreign  subsidiaries  and  transactions  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  a  location’s  functional 
currency. 

Our investments in certain foreign subsidiaries are recorded in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. As these foreign currency 
denominated  investments  are  translated  at  the  end  of  each  period  during  consolidation  using  period-end  exchange  rates, 
fluctuations  of  exchange  rates  between  the  foreign  currency  and  the  U.S.  dollar  increase  or  decrease  the  value  of  those 
investments. These fluctuations and the results of operations for foreign subsidiaries, where the functional currency is not the 
U.S. dollar, are translated into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rates during the year, while the assets and liabilities are 
translated using period end exchange rates. The assets and liabilities-related translation adjustments are recorded as a separate 
component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  in  our  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  We  generally  view  our 
investments in international subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar as long-term. As a result, we do 
not  generally  use  derivatives  to  manage  these  net  investments. However,  we  designated  euro  debt  issued  in  2018,  2017  and 
2016 by Belden Inc., a USD functional currency entity, as a net investment hedge of certain international subsidiaries. See Note 
14 for further discussion. 

Transactions denominated in currencies other than a location’s functional currency may produce receivables or payables that 
are  fixed  in  terms  of  the  amount  of  foreign  currency  that  will  be  received  or  paid. A  change  in  exchange  rates  between  the 
functional  currency  and  the  currency  in  which  a  transaction  is  denominated  increases  or  decreases  the  expected  amount  of 
functional  currency  cash  flows upon  settlement  of  the  transaction. That  increase or decrease  in expected functional  currency 
cash  flows  is  a  foreign  exchange  transaction  gain  or  loss  that  is  included  in  our  operating  income  in  the  Consolidated 
Statements of Operations. In 2018, we recorded approximately $2.3 million of net foreign currency transaction losses. 

Generally, the currency in which we sell our products is the same as the currency in which we incur the costs to manufacture 
our  products,  resulting  in  a  natural  hedge.  Our  currency  exchange  rate  management  strategy  primarily  involves  the  use  of 
natural techniques, where possible, such as the offsetting or netting of like-currency cash flows. However, we re-evaluate our 
strategy as the foreign currency environment changes, and it is possible that we could utilize derivative financial instruments to 
manage this risk in the future. We did not have any foreign currency derivatives outstanding as of December 31, 2018. 

Our exposure to currency rate fluctuations primarily relates to exchange rate movements between the U.S. dollar and the euro, 
Canadian dollar, Hong Kong dollar, Chinese yuan, Japanese yen, Mexican peso, Australian dollar, British pound, Indian rupee, 
and Brazilian real. 

Commodity Price Risk 

Certain raw materials used by us are subject to price volatility caused by supply conditions, political and economic variables, 
and other unpredictable factors. The primary purpose of our commodity price management activities is to manage the volatility 
associated with purchases of commodities in the normal course of business. We do not speculate on commodity prices. 

We are exposed to price risk related to our purchase of copper used in our products, although we are generally able to raise 
selling  prices  to  customers  to  cover  the  increase  in  copper  costs.  Our  copper  price  management  strategy  involves  the  use of 
natural  techniques,  where  possible,  such  as  purchasing  copper  for  future  delivery  at  fixed  prices.  We  do  not  generally  use 
commodity price derivatives and did not have any outstanding at December 31, 2018 or 2017. 

43 

 
 
The  following  table  presents  unconditional  commodity  purchase  obligations  outstanding  as  of  December 31,  2018.  The 
unconditional purchase obligations will settle during 2019. 

Unconditional copper purchase obligations: 

Commitment volume in pounds 
Weighted average price per pound 

Commitment amounts 

Purchase 
Amount 

Fair 
Value 

(In thousands, except average price) 

1,807 
2.76 
4,994  $

$ 

$ 

4,770

We are also exposed to price risk related to our purchase of selected commodities derived from petrochemical feedstocks used 
in our products. We generally purchase these commodities based upon market prices established with the vendors as part of the 
purchase process. Pricing of these commodities is volatile as they tend to fluctuate with the price of oil. Historically, we have 
not used commodity financial instruments to hedge prices for commodities derived from petrochemical feedstocks. 

Interest Rate Risk 

We have occasionally  managed  our  debt  portfolio by  using  interest rate  derivative  instruments,  such  as  swap  agreements,  to 
achieve an overall desired position of fixed and floating rates. We were not a party to any interest rate derivative instruments as 
of or for the years ended December 31, 2018 or 2017. 

The  following  table  provides  information  about  our  financial  instruments  that  are  sensitive  to  changes  in  interest  rates.  The 
table presents principal amounts by expected maturity dates and fair values as of December 31, 2018. 

Principal Amount by Expected Maturity 

2019

Thereafter

Total 

Fair 
Value 

€350.0 million fixed-rate senior subordinated notes due 2028 
Average interest rate 
€450.0 million fixed-rate senior subordinated notes due 2027 
Average interest rate 
€200.0 million fixed-rate senior subordinated notes due 2026 
Average interest rate 
€300.0 million fixed-rate senior subordinated notes due 2025 
Average interest rate 

$

$

$

$

Total 

Concentrations of Credit Risk 

400,050 $

— $

— $

— $

— $

514,350 

400,050 

(In thousands, except interest rates) 
  $ 
3.875%   
  $ 
3.375%   
  $ 
4.125%   
  $ 
2.875%   

342,900 

228,600 

342,900 $

514,350 $

228,600 $

390,777

523,912

225,171

345,136

 $  1,485,900 $

1,484,996

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents 
and accounts receivable. We are exposed to credit losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to these financial 
instruments.  We  place  cash  and  cash  equivalents  with  various  high-quality  financial  institutions  throughout  the  world,  and 
exposure  is  limited  at  any  one  financial  institution. Although  we  do  not  obtain  collateral  or  other  security  to  support  these 
financial instruments, we evaluate the credit standing of the counterparty financial institutions. As of December 31, 2018, we 
had $37.0 million in accounts receivable outstanding from Anixter International Inc. This represented approximately 8% of our 
total accounts receivable outstanding at December 31, 2018. Anixter generally pays all outstanding receivables within thirty to 
sixty days of invoice receipt. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Belden Inc. 

Opinion on the Financial Statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Belden Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 
2017,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income,  stockholders'  equity  and  cash  flows  for 
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes and the financial statement schedule listed 
in  the  Index  at  Item  15(a)  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “financial  statements”).  In  our  opinion,  the  financial  statements 
referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company at December 31, 
2018 and 2017, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 
December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We also have audited,  in  accordance with  the  standards of the  Public  Company Accounting  Oversight  Board (United  States) 
(PCAOB),  the  Company's  internal  control over  financial reporting  as  of  December 31,  2018,  based on  criteria  established  in 
Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission 
2013 framework and our report dated February 20, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are 
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to 
error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial 
statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included 
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included 
evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1993. 
St. Louis, Missouri 
February 20, 2019 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Belden Inc. 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 

ASSETS 

Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Receivables, net 
Inventories, net 
Other current assets 

Total current assets 
Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization 
Deferred income taxes 
Other long-lived assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable 
Accrued liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Long-term debt 
Postretirement benefits 
Deferred income taxes 
Other long-term liabilities 
Stockholders’ equity: 

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share— 2,000 shares authorized; 52 shares 
outstanding 
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share— 200,000 shares authorized; 50,335 shares 
issued; 39,396 and 42,019 shares outstanding at 2018 and 2017, respectively 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Treasury stock, at cost— 10,939 and 8,316 shares at 2018 and 2017, respectively 

Total Belden stockholders’ equity 

Noncontrolling interest 

Total stockholders’ equity 

December 31,

2018 

2017

(In thousands, except par value)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

420,610  $
465,939 
316,418 
55,757 
1,258,724 
365,970 
1,557,653 
511,093 
56,018 
29,863 
3,779,321  $

352,646  $
364,276 
716,922 
1,463,200 
132,791 
39,943 
38,877 

1

503
1,139,395 
922,000 
(74,907)
(599,845)
1,387,147 
441 
1,387,588 
3,779,321  $

561,108
473,570
297,226
40,167

1,372,071
337,322
1,478,257
545,207
42,549
65,207

3,840,613

376,277
302,651

678,928
1,560,748
102,085
27,713
36,273

1

503

1,123,832
833,610
(98,026)
(425,685)

1,434,235
631
1,434,866
3,840,613

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Belden Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 

$

Revenues 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Research and development expenses 
Amortization of intangibles 
Gain from patent litigation 
Impairment of assets held for sale 

Operating income 

Interest expense, net 
Non-operating pension cost 
Loss on debt extinguishment 
Income before taxes 
Income tax benefit (expense) 

Net income 

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest 

Net income attributable to Belden 

Less: Preferred stock dividends 

Net income attributable to Belden common stockholders

$

Weighted average number of common shares and equivalents: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Basic income per share attributable to Belden common stockholders: 

$

Diluted income per share attributable to Belden common stockholders: $

2018

2016

Years Ended December 31,
2017 
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
2,585,368 $
(1,576,956)
1,008,412
(525,918)
(140,585)
(98,829)
62,141
—
305,221
(61,559)
(342)
(22,990)
220,330
(59,619)
160,711
(183)
160,894
34,931
125,963 $

2,388,643    $
(1,453,890)  
934,753   
(461,022)  
(134,330)  
(103,997)  
—   
—   
235,404   
(82,901)  
(714)  
(52,441)  
99,348   
(6,495)  
92,853   
(357)  
93,210   
34,931   
58,279    $

2,356,672
(1,375,351)
981,321
(486,403)
(140,519)
(98,385)
—
(23,931)
232,083
(95,050)
(8,230)
(2,342)
126,461
1,185
127,646
(357)
128,003
15,428
112,575

40,675
40,956

3.10 $

3.08 $

42,220   
42,643   

1.38    $

1.37    $

42,093
42,557

2.67

2.65

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Belden Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 

Net income 
Foreign currency translation, net of tax of $1.7 million, $1.3 million, and 
$1.2 million, respectively 
Adjustments to pension and postretirement liability, net of tax of $1.0 
million, $2.2 million, and $1.9 million, respectively 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 

Comprehensive income 

Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest 

Comprehensive income attributable to Belden 

$

184,013 $ 

2018

Years Ended December 31,
2017 
(In thousands) 

2016

$

160,711 $ 

92,853  $

127,646

27,802

(65,046)

18,687

(4,690)

23,112
183,823
(190)

6,071

(58,975)
33,878 
(373)
34,251  $

1,170

19,857
147,503
(420)

147,923

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Belden Inc. 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statements 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 
activities: 

Depreciation and amortization 

Impairment of assets held for sale 

Share-based compensation 

Loss on debt extinguishment 

Deferred income tax expense (benefit) 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of the effects of currency 
exchange rate changes and acquired businesses: 

Receivables 

Inventories 

Accounts payable 

Accrued liabilities 

Income taxes 

Other assets 

Other liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Capital expenditures 

Cash used to acquire businesses, net of cash acquired 

Other 

Proceeds from disposal of tangible assets 

Proceeds from disposal of business 

Net cash used for investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Payments under borrowing arrangements 

Payments under share repurchase program 

Cash dividends paid 

Debt issuance costs paid 

Withholding tax payments for share based-payment awards 

Redemption of stockholders' rights agreement 

Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock, net 

Borrowings under credit arrangements 

Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period 

Years Ended December 31, 

2018 

2017 

2016 

(In thousands) 

$

160,711 $ 

92,853  $

127,646

148,632

—

18,497

22,990

11,300

(21,748)

(14,779)

(29,401)

17,238

(4,390)

(18,748)

(1,082)

289,220

(97,847)

(84,580)

—

1,580

40,171

(140,676)

(484,757)

(175,000)

(43,169)

(7,609)

(2,094)

(411)

—

431,270

(281,770)
(7,272)

(140,498)
561,108

$

420,610 $ 

149,650 
— 
14,647 
52,441 
(24,098)

(24,931)

(84,088)
100,752 
(25,076)
5,001 
(13,255)
11,404 
255,300 

(64,261)

(166,896)
— 
1,039 
— 

(230,118)

145,593

23,931

18,178

2,342

(30,034)

(10,115)

2,677

39,298

(13,181)

11,722

760

(4,023)

314,794

(53,974)

(18,848)

(827)

392

—

(73,257)

(1,105,892)

(294,375)

(25,000)

(43,376)

(17,316)

(6,564)
— 
— 
866,700 

(331,448)
19,258 

(287,008)
848,116 
561,108  $

—

(16,079)

(3,910)

(7,480)

—

501,498

222,050

401,704
(11,876)

631,365
216,751

848,116

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
s
r
e
d

l
o
h
k
c
o
t
S

.
c
n
I
n
e
d

l
e
B

.
c
n
I
n
e
d
l
e
B

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
t
i

u
q
E

’
s
r
e
d

l
o
h
k
c
o
t
S
d
e
t
a
d

i
l
o
s
n
o
C

3
2
5
,
5
2
8

6
4
6
,
7
2
1

7
5
8
,
9
1

8
9
4
,
1
0
5

)
8
8
0
,
4
(

)
0
9
3
,
3
(

8
7
1
,
8
1

)
8
2
4
,
5
1
(

)
9
7
4
,
8
(

$

4
2
4
,
1

$

)
7
8
9
,
8
5
(

$

)
3
9
7
,
2
0
4
(

$

)
4
5
3
,
8
(

)
7
5
3
(

)
3
6
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0
2
9
,
9
1

—

—

—

7
1
1

—

—

—

0
5
6
,
1

—

—

—

6
7

3
2
1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

6
1
7
,
9
7
6

3
0
0
,
8
2
1

)
8
2
4
,
5
1
(

)
9
7
4
,
8
(

—

—

)
5
0
2
,
4
(

7
9
4
,
1
0
5

)
0
4
0
,
5
(

8
7
1
,
8
1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

$

0
6
6
,
5
0
6

$

3
0
5

$

5
3
3
,
0
5

3
5
8
,
2
9

)
5
7
9
,
8
5
(

)
8
3
8
,
2
(

)
6
2
7
,
3
(

)
0
0
0
,
5
2
(

7
4
6
,
4
1

)
1
3
9
,
4
3
(

)
1
8
4
,
8
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
6
1
(

)
7
5
3
(

—

)
9
5
9
,
8
5
(

—

—

)
3
0
2
(

4
4
5

—

—

5
5

7
9

)
0
0
0
,
5
2
(

)
3
1
3
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0
1
2
,
3
9

)
1
3
9
,
4
3
(

)
1
8
4
,
8
(

—

—

)
5
3
6
,
2
(

)
0
7
2
,
4
(

—

7
4
6
,
4
1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

7
1
3
,
1
6
4
,
1

$

4
0
0
,
1

$

)
7
6
0
,
9
3
(

$

)
6
2
0
,
1
0
4
(

$

)
5
5
1
,
8
(

2
1
8
,
3
8
7

$

0
9
0
,
6
1
1
,
1

$

3
0
5

$

5
3
3
,
0
5

6
6
8
,
4
3
4
,
1

$

1
3
6

$

)
6
2
0
,
8
9
(

$

)
5
8
6
,
5
2
4
(

$

)
6
1
3
,
8
(

0
1
6
,
3
3
8

$

2
3
8
,
3
2
1
,
1

$

3
0
5

$

5
3
3
,
0
5

)
1
4
0
,
9
2
(

1
1
7
,
0
6
1

2
1
1
,
3
2

)
5
6
7
(

)
9
2
3
,
1
(

)
0
0
0
,
5
7
1
(

)
1
1
4
(

7
9
4
,
8
1

)
1
3
9
,
4
3
(

)
1
2
1
,
8
(

—

)
3
8
1
(

)
7
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

9
1
1
,
3
2

—

—

—

8
1
1

2
2
7

—

—

—

0
2

1
5

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
0
0
0
,
5
7
1
(

)
4
9
6
,
2
(

)
1
4
0
,
9
2
(

4
9
8
,
0
6
1

—

—

—

—

—

)
1
1
4
(

)
1
3
9
,
4
3
(

)
1
2
1
,
8
(

—

—

—

)
3
8
8
(

)
1
5
0
,
2
(

—

7
9
4
,
8
1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

8
8
5
,
7
8
3
,
1

$

1
4
4

$

)
7
0
9
,
4
7
(

$

)
5
4
8
,
9
9
5
(

$

)
9
3
9
,
0
1
(

0
0
0
,
2
2
9

$

5
9
3
,
9
3
1
,
1

$

3
0
5

$

5
3
3
,
0
5

)
s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
t
n
I
(

—

—

1

—

—

—

—

—

1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1

$

$

$

$

—

—

—

2
5

—

—

—

—

—

2
5

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2
5

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2
5

l
a
t
o
T

-
n
o
N

g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c

t
s
e
r
e
t
n
I

d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A

r
e
h
t
O

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

)
s
s
o
L

(

e
m
o
c
n
I

k
c
o
t
S
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

t
n
u
o
m
A

s
e
r
a
h
S

d
e
n

i
a
t
e
R

i

s
g
n
n
r
a
E

l
a
n
o
i
t
i

d
d
A

n
I
-
d

i
a
P

l
a
t
i

p
a
C

t
n
u
o
m
A

s
e
r
a
h
S

t
n
u
o
m
A

s
e
r
a
h
S

k
c
o
t
S
n
o
m
m
o
C

e
l
b
i
t
r
e
v
n
o
C
y
r
o
t
a
d
n
a
M

k
c
o
t
S
d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
P

x
a
t

f
o

t
e
n
,
k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
c

o
t
n
i

s
t
i
n
u
k
c
o
t
s

d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
r

f
o
n
o
i
s
r
e
v
n
o
C

s
e
r
u
t
i
e
f
r
o
f

g
n
i
d
l
o
h
h
t
i

w
x
a
t

f
o
t
e
n

,
s
n
o
i
t
p
o

k
c
o
t
s

f
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
E

x
a
t

f
o

t
e
n

,
e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

t
e
n

,
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
i
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
P

5
1
0
2

,

1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

)
s
s
o
l
(

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

s
m
e
t
i
d
e
t
a
l
e
r

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

s
e
r
u
t
i
e
f
r
o
f

g
n
i
d
l
o
h
h
t
i

w

s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
d

k
c
o
t
s

d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
P

)
e
r
a
h
s

r
e
p

0
2
.
0
$
(

s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
d
k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
C

x
a
t

f
o
t
e
n

,
s
s
o
l

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

)
s
s
o
l
(

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

6
1
0
2

,

1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

x
a
t

f
o

t
e
n
,
k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
c

o
t
n
i

s
t
i
n
u
k
c
o
t
s

d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
r

f
o
n
o
i
s
r
e
v
n
o
C

s
e
r
u
t
i
e
f
r
o
f

g
n
i
d
l
o
h
h
t
i

w
x
a
t

f
o
t
e
n

,
s
n
o
i
t
p
o

k
c
o
t
s

f
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
E

m
a
r
g
o
r
p
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
r

e
r
a
h
S

s
e
r
u
t
i
e
f
r
o
f

g
n
i
d
l
o
h
h
t
i

w

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
d

k
c
o
t
s

d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
P

50 

x
a
t

f
o

t
e
n
,
k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
c

o
t
n
i

s
t
i
n
u
k
c
o
t
s

d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
r

f
o
n
o
i
s
r
e
v
n
o
C

s
e
r
u
t
i
e
f
r
o
f

g
n
i
d
l
o
h
h
t
i

w
x
a
t

f
o
t
e
n

,
s
n
o
i
t
p
o

k
c
o
t
s

f
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
E

s
e
l
p
i
c
n
i
r
p
g
n
i
t
n
u
o
c
c
a

n
i

e
g
n
a
h
c

f
o
t
c
e
f
f
e

e
v
i
t
a
l
u
m
u
C

x
a
t

f
o

t
e
n

,
e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

)
s
s
o
l
(

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

)
e
r
a
h
s

r
e
p

0
2
.
0
$
(

s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
d
k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
C

7
1
0
2

,

1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

t
n
e
m
e
e
r
g
a

s
t
h
g
i
r

'

s
r
e
d
l
o
h
k
c
o
t
s

f
o

n
o
i
t
p
m
e
d
e
R

)
e
r
a
h
s

r
e
p

0
2
.
0
$
(

s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
d
k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
C

s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
d

k
c
o
t
s

d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
P

8
1
0
2

,

1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

m
a
r
g
o
r
p
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
r

e
r
a
h
S

s
e
r
u
t
i
e
f
r
o
f

g
n
i
d
l
o
h
h
t
i

w

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
C
e
s
e
h
t

f
o
t
r
a
p
l
a
r
g
e
t
n
i

n
a

e
r
a

s
e
t
o
n
g
n
i
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
c
a

e
h
T

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 1: Basis of Presentation 

Business Description 

Belden  Inc.  (the  Company,  us,  we,  or  our)  is  a  signal  transmission  solutions  company  built  around  two  global  business 
platforms  –  Enterprise  Solutions  and  Industrial  Solutions.  Our  comprehensive  portfolio  of  signal  transmission  solutions 
provides industry leading secure and reliable transmission of data, sound, and video for mission critical applications. We sell 
our products to distributors, end-users, installers, and directly to original equipment manufacturers (OEMs). 

Consolidation 

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include Belden Inc. and all of its subsidiaries, including variable interest 
entities  for  which  we  are  the  primary  beneficiary.  We  eliminate  all  significant  affiliate  accounts  and  transactions  in 
consolidation. 

Foreign Currency 

For  international  operations  with  functional  currencies  other  than  the  United States  (U.S.)  dollar,  we  translate  assets  and 
liabilities at current exchange rates; we translate income and expenses using average exchange rates. We report the resulting 
translation  adjustments,  as  well  as  gains  and  losses  from  certain  affiliate  transactions,  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive 
income (loss), a separate component of stockholders’ equity. We include exchange gains and losses on transactions in operating 
income. 

We  determine  the  functional  currency  of  our  foreign  subsidiaries  based  upon  the  currency  of  the  primary  economic 
environment in which each subsidiary operates. Typically, that is determined by the currency in which the subsidiary primarily 
generates  and  expends  cash.  We  have  concluded  that  the  local  currency  is  the  functional  currency  for  all  of  our  material 
subsidiaries. 

Reporting Periods 

Our fiscal year and fiscal fourth quarter both end on December 31. Our fiscal first quarter ends on the Sunday falling closest to 
91 days after December 31. Our fiscal second and third quarters each have 91 days. 

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of the Financial Statements 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. requires us to 
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and operating results and the disclosure 
of  contingencies.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates.  We  make  significant  estimates  with  respect  to  the 
collectability  and  valuation  of  receivables,  the  valuation  of  inventory,  the  realization  of  deferred  tax  assets,  the  valuation of 
goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets,  the  valuation  of  contingent  liabilities,  the  calculation  of  share-based 
compensation, the calculation of pension and other postretirement benefits expense, and the valuation of acquired businesses. 

Reclassifications 

We  have  made  certain  reclassifications  to  the 2017  and 2016 Condensed  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  including  those 
related  to  the  adoption  of Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2017-07,  Compensation  -  Retirement  Benefits:    Improving  the 
Presentation  of  Net  Periodic  Pension  Cost  and  Net  Periodic  Postretirement  Benefit  Cost  (ASU  2017-07)  and  our  segment 
change, with no impact to reported net income in order to conform to the 2018 presentation. See Note 5. 

51 

 
 
Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Fair Value Measurement 

Accounting guidance for fair value measurements specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based upon whether the inputs 
to those valuation techniques reflect assumptions other market participants would use based upon market data obtained from 
independent sources or reflect our own assumptions of market participant valuation. The hierarchy is broken down into three 
levels based on the reliability of the inputs as follows: 

•  

•  

•  

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets that are unadjusted and accessible at the measurement date for identical, 
unrestricted assets or liabilities; 

Level 2 – Quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, quoted prices for similar 
assets and liabilities in active markets, or financial instruments for which significant inputs are observable, either 
directly or indirectly; and 

Level  3  –  Prices  or  valuations  that  require  inputs  that  are  both  significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement  and 
unobservable. 

During 2018, 2017, and 2016 we utilized Level 1 inputs to determine the fair value of cash equivalents, and Level 3 inputs to 
determine the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations (see Note 4) and for our annual impairment testing (see 
Note 10). We did not have any transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements during 2018. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

We classify cash on hand and deposits in banks, including commercial paper, money market accounts, and other investments 
with an original maturity of three months or less, that we hold from time to time, as cash and cash equivalents. We periodically 
have cash equivalents consisting of short-term money market funds and other investments. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, 
we did not have any such cash equivalents on hand. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve our capital 
for the purpose of funding operations. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. 

Accounts Receivable 

We  classify  amounts  owed  to  us  and  due  within  twelve  months,  arising  from  the  sale  of  goods  or  services  and  from  other 
business activities, as current receivables. We classify receivables due after twelve months as other long-lived assets. 

At the time of sale, we establish an estimated reserve for trade, promotion, and other special price reductions such as contract 
pricing, discounts to meet competitor pricing, and on-time payment discounts. We also adjust receivable balances for, among 
other things, correction of billing errors, incorrect shipments, and settlement of customer disputes. Customers are allowed to 
return inventory if and when certain conditions regarding the physical state of the inventory and our approval of the return are 
met. Certain distribution customers are allowed to return inventory at original cost, in an amount not to exceed three percent of 
the  prior  year’s  purchases,  in  exchange  for  an  order  of  equal  or  greater  value.  Until  we  can  process  these  reductions, 
corrections, and returns (together, the Changes) through individual customer records, we estimate the amount of outstanding 
Changes and recognize them by reducing revenues and accounts receivable. We also adjust inventory and cost of sales for the 
estimated level of returns. We base these estimates on historical and anticipated sales demand, trends in product pricing, and 
historical and anticipated Changes patterns. We make revisions to these estimates in the period in which the facts that give rise 
to each revision become known. Future market conditions might require us to take actions to further reduce prices and increase 
customer  return  authorizations.  Unprocessed  Changes  recognized  against  our  gross  accounts  receivable  balance  at 
December 31, 2018 and 2017 totaled $25.7 million and $35.7 million, respectively. 

We  evaluate  the  collectability  of  accounts  receivable  based  on  the  specific  identification  method. A  considerable  amount  of 
judgment  is  required  in  assessing  the  realizability  of  accounts  receivable,  including  the  current  creditworthiness  of  each 
customer  and  related  aging  of  the  past  due  balances.  We  perform  ongoing  credit  evaluations  of  our  customers’  financial 
condition.  Through  these  evaluations,  we  may  become  aware  of  a  situation  where  a  customer  may  not  be  able  to  meet  its 

52 

 
 
financial obligations due to deterioration of its financial viability, credit ratings, or bankruptcy. We record a specific reserve for 
bad debts against amounts due to reduce the receivable to its estimated collectible balance. We recognized bad debt expense, 
net  of  recoveries,  of  $1.0  million,  $0.0  million,  and  $1.5  million  in  2018,  2017,  and  2016,  respectively.  The  allowance  for 
doubtful accounts at December 31, 2018 and 2017 totaled $8.2 million and $7.8 million, respectively. 

Inventories and Related Reserves 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. We determine the cost of all raw materials, work-in-process, 
and finished goods inventories by the first in, first out method. Cost components of inventories include direct labor, applicable 
production overhead,  and  amounts paid  to  suppliers of  materials  and  products  as  well as  freight  costs  and, when  applicable, 
duty costs to import the materials and products. 

We evaluate the realizability of our inventory on a product-by-product basis in light of historical and anticipated sales demand, 
technological changes, product  life  cycle, component  cost  trends, product  pricing,  and  inventory  condition.  In  circumstances 
where inventory levels are in excess of anticipated market demand, where inventory is deemed technologically obsolete or not 
saleable due to condition, or where inventory cost exceeds net realizable value, we record a charge to cost of sales and reduce 
the inventory to its net realizable value. The allowances for excess and obsolete inventories at December 31, 2018 and 2017 
totaled $28.9 million and $25.3 million, respectively. 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

We record property, plant and equipment at cost. We calculate depreciation on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful 
lives of the related assets ranging from 10 to 40 years for buildings, 5 to 12 years for machinery and equipment, and 5 to 10 
years for computer equipment and software. Construction in process reflects amounts incurred for the configuration and build-
out of property, plant and equipment and for property, plant and equipment not yet placed into service. We charge maintenance 
and  repairs—both planned  major  activities and  less-costly,  ongoing  activities—to  expense  as  incurred. We  capitalize  interest 
costs associated with the construction of capital assets and amortize the costs over the assets’ useful lives. Depreciation expense 
is  included  in  costs  of  sales;  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses;  and  research  and  development  expenses  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of Operations based on the specific categorization and use of the underlying assets being depreciated. 

We  review  property,  plant  and  equipment  to  determine  whether  an  event  or  change  in  circumstances  indicates  the  carrying 
values of the assets may not be recoverable. We base our evaluation on the nature of the assets, the future economic benefit of 
the assets, and any historical or future profitability measurements, as well as other external market conditions or factors that 
may be present. If such impairment indicators are present or other factors exist that indicate that the carrying amount of an asset 
may not be recoverable, we determine whether impairment has occurred through the use of an undiscounted cash flow analysis. 
If impairment has occurred, we recognize a loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the asset. 

For  purposes  of  impairment  testing  of  long-lived  assets,  we  have  identified  asset  groups  at  the  lowest  level  for  which 
identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. Generally, our asset groups are 
based on an individual plant or operating facility level. In some circumstances, however, a combination of plants or operating 
facilities may be considered the asset group due to interdependence of operational activities and cash flows. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

Our  intangible  assets  consist  of  (a) definite-lived  assets  subject  to  amortization  such  as  developed  technology,  customer 
relationships,  certain  in-service  research  and  development,  certain  trademarks,  backlog,  and  capitalized  software  intangible 
assets, and (b) indefinite-lived assets not subject to amortization such as goodwill, certain trademarks, and certain in-process 
research and development intangible assets. We record amortization of the definite-lived intangible assets over the estimated 
useful lives of the related assets, which generally range from one year or less for backlog to more than 25 years for certain of 
our customer relationships. We determine the amortization method for our definite-lived intangible assets based on the pattern 
in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed. In the event we cannot reliably determine that pattern, we 
utilize a straight-line amortization method. 

53 

 
We test our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets not subject to amortization for impairment on an annual basis 
as of our fiscal November month-end or when indicators of impairment exist. We base our estimates on assumptions we believe 
to be reasonable, but which are not predictable with precision and therefore are inherently uncertain. Actual future results could 
differ from these estimates. 

The  accounting  guidance  related  to  goodwill  impairment  testing  allows  for  the  performance  of  an  optional  qualitative 
assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Such an 
evaluation is made based on the weight of all available evidence and the significance of all identified events and circumstances 
that  may  influence  the  fair value  of  a  reporting unit. If  it is  more  likely  than not  that  the fair value  is  less  than  the  carrying 
value,  then  a  quantitative  assessment  is  required  for  the  reporting  unit,  as  described  in  the  paragraph  below.  In  2018,  we 
performed  a  qualitative  assessment  for  seven  of  our  reporting  units,  which  collectively  represented  approximately  $383.4 
million of our consolidated goodwill balance. For those reporting units for which we performed a qualitative assessment, we 
determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value was greater than the carrying value, and therefore, we did not 
perform the calculation of fair value for these reporting units as described in the paragraph below. 

For  our  annual  impairment  test  in  2018,  we  performed  a  quantitative  assessment  for  four  of  our  reporting  units,  which 
collectively represented approximately $1,174.3 million of our consolidated goodwill balance. Under a quantitative assessment 
for goodwill impairment, we determine the fair value using the income approach (using Level 3 inputs) as reconciled to our 
aggregate market capitalization. Under the income approach, we calculate the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present 
value of estimated future cash flows. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets including 
goodwill  assigned  to  that  unit,  goodwill  is  not  impaired.  If  the  carrying  value  of  the  reporting  unit’s  net  assets  including 
goodwill exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we record an impairment charge based on that difference. In addition 
to  the  income  approach,  we  calculate  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units  under  a  market  approach.  The  market  approach 
measures the fair value of a reporting unit through analysis of financial multiples of comparable businesses. Consideration is 
given to the financial conditions and operating performance of the reporting unit being valued relative to those publicly-traded 
companies  operating  in  the  same  or  similar  lines  of  business.  The  fair  values  of  the  four  reporting  units  tested  under  a 
quantitative approach were in excess of the carrying values as of the impairment testing date. 

We did not recognize any goodwill impairment in 2018, 2017, or 2016. See Note 10 for further discussion. 

We  also  evaluate  indefinite  lived  intangible  assets  for  impairment  annually  or  at  other  times  if  events  have  occurred  or 
circumstances exist that indicate the carrying values of those assets may no longer be recoverable. We compare the fair value of 
the asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value, we recognize an impairment loss in 
an  amount  equal  to  that  excess. We  did  not  recognize  impairment  charges  for  our  indefinite  lived  intangible  assets  in  2018, 
2017, or 2016. See Note 10 for further discussion. 

We review intangible assets subject to amortization whenever an event or change in circumstances indicates the carrying values 
of the assets may not be recoverable. We test intangible assets subject to amortization for impairment and estimate their fair 
values  using  the  same  assumptions  and  techniques  we  employ  on  property,  plant  and  equipment. We  did  not  recognize  any 
impairment charges for amortizable intangible assets in 2018, 2017, or 2016. 

Disposals 

During 2018, we sold a previously closed operating facility for net proceeds of $1.5 million and recognized a $0.6 million gain 
on the sale. 

During the fourth quarter of 2016, we committed to a plan to sell our MCS business and 50% ownership interest in Xuzhou 
Hirschmann Electronics Co. Ltd (the Hirschmann JV) and determined that we met all of the criteria to classify the assets and 
liabilities  of  these  businesses  as  held  for  sale.  The  MCS  business  was  part  of  the  Industrial  Solutions  segment  and  the 
Hirschmann JV was an equity method investment that was not included in an operating segment. The MCS business operated 
in Germany and the United States, and the Hirschmann JV was an equity method investment located in China. During 2016, we 

54 

 
reached  an  agreement  in  principle  to  sell  this  disposal  group  for  a  total  sales  price  of  $39  million  plus  a  working  capital 
adjustment. As the carrying value of the disposal group exceeded the fair value less costs to sell, which we determined based on 
the expected sales price, by $23.9 million, we recognized an impairment charge equal to this amount in 2016. In 2017, we sold 
the MCS business and Hirschmann JV for a total purchase price of $40.2 million and recognized a loss on sale of the assets of 
$1.0  million,  which  was  included  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses.  This  loss  included  $2.8  million  of 
accumulated other comprehensive losses that were recognized as a result of the sale. We collected the $40.2 million proceeds 
from the sale during 2018. 

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits 

Our pension and other postretirement benefit costs and obligations are dependent on the various actuarial assumptions used in 
calculating such amounts. These assumptions relate to discount rates, salary growth, long-term return on plan assets, health care 
cost trend rates, mortality tables, and other factors. We base the discount rate assumptions on current investment yields on high-
quality corporate long-term bonds. The salary growth assumptions reflect our long-term actual experience and future or near-
term  outlook.  We  determine  the  long-term  return  on  plan  assets  based  on  historical  portfolio  results  and  management’s 
expectation of the future economic environment. Our health care cost trend assumptions are developed based on historical cost 
data, the near-term outlook, and an assessment of likely long-term trends. Actual results that differ from our assumptions are 
accumulated and, if in excess of the lesser of 10% of the projected benefit obligation or the fair market value of plan assets, are 
amortized over the estimated future working life of the plan participants. 

Accrued Sales Rebates 

We grant incentive rebates to participating customers as part of our sales programs. The rebates are determined based on certain 
targeted sales volumes. Rebates are paid quarterly or annually in either cash or receivables credits. Until we can process these 
rebates  through  individual  customer  records,  we  estimate  the  amount  of  outstanding  rebates  and  recognize  them  as  accrued 
liabilities  and  reductions  in  our  gross  revenues.  We  base  our  estimates  on  both  historical  and  anticipated  sales  demand  and 
rebate program participation. We charge revisions to these estimates back to accrued liabilities and revenues in the period in 
which the facts that give rise to each revision become known. Future market conditions and product transitions might require us 
to  take  actions  to  increase  sales  rebates  offered,  possibly  resulting  in  an  incremental  increase  in  accrued  liabilities  and  an 
incremental  reduction  in  revenues  at  the  time  the  rebate  is  offered.  Accrued  sales  rebates  at  December 31,  2018  and  2017 
totaled $41.3 million and $38.0 million, respectively. 

Contingent Liabilities 

We  have  established  liabilities  for  environmental  and  legal  contingencies  that  are  probable  of  occurrence  and  reasonably 
estimable, the amounts of which are currently not material. A significant amount of judgment and use of estimates is required to 
quantify our ultimate exposure in these matters. We review the valuation of these liabilities on a quarterly basis, and we adjust 
the balances to account for changes in circumstances for ongoing and emerging issues. 

We accrue environmental remediation costs based on estimates of known environmental remediation exposures developed in 
consultation  with  our  environmental  consultants  and  legal  counsel,  the  amounts  of  which  are  not  currently  material.  We 
expense environmental compliance costs, which include maintenance and operating costs with respect to ongoing monitoring 
programs, as incurred. We evaluate the range of potential costs to remediate environmental sites. The ultimate cost of site clean-
up  is  difficult  to  predict  given  the  uncertainties  of  our  involvement  in  certain  sites,  uncertainties  regarding  the  extent  of  the 
required  clean-up,  the  availability  of  alternative  clean-up  methods,  variations  in  the  interpretation  of  applicable  laws  and 
regulations, the possibility of insurance recoveries with respect to certain sites, and other factors. 

We are, from time to time, subject to routine litigation incidental to our business. These lawsuits primarily involve claims for 
damages  arising  out  of  the  use  of  our  products,  allegations  of  patent  or  trademark  infringement,  and  litigation  and 
administrative proceedings involving employment matters and commercial disputes. Assessments regarding the ultimate cost of 
lawsuits require judgments concerning matters such as the anticipated outcome of negotiations, the number and cost of pending 
and future claims, and the impact of evidentiary requirements. Based on facts currently available, we believe the disposition of 

55 

 
the claims that are pending or asserted will not have a materially adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations 
or cash flow. 

Business Combination Accounting 

We allocate the consideration of an acquired business to its identifiable assets and liabilities based on estimated fair values. The 
excess of the consideration over the amount allocated to the assets and liabilities, if any, is recorded to goodwill. We use all 
available  information  to  estimate  fair  values. We  typically  engage  third  party  valuation  specialists  to  assist  in  the  fair  value 
determination  of  inventories,  tangible  long-lived  assets,  and  intangible  assets  other  than  goodwill.  The  carrying  values  of 
acquired receivables and accounts payable have historically approximated their fair values as of the business combination date. 
As  necessary,  we  may  engage  third  party  specialists  to  assist  in  the  estimation  of  fair  value  for  certain  liabilities,  such  as 
deferred revenue or postretirement benefit liabilities. We adjust the preliminary acquisition accounting, as necessary, typically 
up  to  one  year  after  the  acquisition  closing  date  as  we  obtain  more  information  regarding  asset  valuations  and  liabilities 
assumed. 

Revenue Recognition 

We recognize revenue consistent with the principles as outlined in the following five step model: (1) identify the contract with 
the  customer,  (2) identify  the  performance  obligations  in  the  contract,  (3) determine  the  transaction  price,  (4) allocate  the 
transaction  price  to  the  performance  obligations  in  the  contract,  and  (5)  recognize  revenue  when  (or  as)  each  performance 
obligation is satisfied. See Note 3. 

Gain from Patent Litigation 

On  July  5,  2011,  the  Company’s  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  PPC,  filed  an  action  for  patent  infringement  against  Corning 
alleging that Corning infringed two of PPC’s patents. In July 2015, a jury found that Corning willfully infringed both patents. 
Following a series of appeals, we received a pre-tax amount of approximately $62.1 million from Corning on July 19, 2018. We 
recorded  the $62.1  million of  cash  received  as  a  pre-tax  gain  from  patent  litigation  during  2018.  Prior  to  2018,  we  had  not 
recognized any amounts in our consolidated financial statements related to this matter. On September 27, 2018, Corning filed a 
petition for certiorari review by the U.S. Supreme Court. On December 10, 2018, Corning’s certiorari review by the Supreme 
Court was denied, thus exhausting their opportunities for further appellate relief. 

Cost of Sales 

Cost of sales includes our total cost of inventory sold during the period, including material, labor, production overhead costs, 
variable manufacturing costs, and fixed manufacturing costs. Production overhead costs include operating supplies, applicable 
utility expenses, maintenance costs, and scrap. Variable manufacturing costs include inbound, interplant, and outbound freight, 
inventory shrinkage, and charges for excess and obsolete inventory. Fixed manufacturing costs include the costs associated with 
our purchasing, receiving, inspection, warehousing, distribution centers, production and inventory control, and manufacturing 
management. Cost of sales also includes the costs to provide maintenance and support and other professional services. 

Shipping and Handling Costs 

We recognize fees earned on the shipment of product to customers as revenues and recognize costs incurred on the shipment of 
product to customers as a cost of sales. 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses 

Selling, general and administrative expenses include expenses not directly related to the production of inventory. They include 
all expenses related to selling and marketing our products, as well as the salary and benefit costs of associates performing the 
selling and marketing functions. Selling, general and administrative expenses also include salary and benefit costs, purchased 
services, and other costs related to our executive and administrative functions. 

56 

 
 
Research and Development Costs 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. 

Advertising Costs 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs were $23.5 million, $25.0 million, and $27.2 million for 2018, 
2017, and 2016, respectively. 

Share-Based Compensation 

We  compensate  certain  employees  and  non-employee  directors  with  various  forms  of  share-based  payment  awards  and 
recognize  compensation  costs  for  these  awards  based  on  their  fair  values.  We  estimate  the  fair  values  of  certain  awards, 
primarily  stock  appreciation  rights  (SARs),  on  the grant date  using  the Black-Scholes-Merton  option-pricing  formula,  which 
incorporates certain assumptions regarding the expected term of an award and expected stock price volatility. We develop the 
expected term assumption based on the vesting period and contractual term of an award, our historical exercise and cancellation 
experience, our stock price history, plan provisions that require exercise or cancellation of awards after employees terminate, 
and  the  extent  to  which  currently  available  information  indicates  that  the  future  is  reasonably  expected  to  differ  from  past 
experience. We develop the expected volatility assumption based on historical price data for our common stock. We estimate 
the fair value of certain restricted stock units with service vesting conditions and performance vesting conditions based on the 
grant date stock price. We estimate the fair value of certain restricted stock units with market conditions using a Monte Carlo 
simulation valuation model with the assistance of a third party valuation firm. 

After calculating the aggregate fair value of an award, we use an estimated forfeiture rate to discount the amount of share-based 
compensation  cost  expected  to  be  recognized  in  our  operating  results  over  the  service  period  of  the  award. We  develop  the 
forfeiture assumption based on our historical pre-vesting cancellation experience. 

Income Taxes 

Income taxes are provided based on earnings reported for financial statement purposes. The provision for income taxes differs 
from  the  amounts  currently  payable  to  taxing  authorities  because  of  the  recognition  of  revenues  and  expenses  in  different 
periods  for  income  tax  purposes  than  for  financial  statement  purposes.  Income  taxes  are  provided  as  if  operations  in  all 
countries, including the U.S., were stand-alone businesses filing separate tax returns. 

We  recognize  deferred  tax  assets  resulting  from  tax  credit  carryforwards,  net  operating  loss  carryforwards,  and  deductible 
temporary  differences  between  taxable  income  on  our  income  tax  returns  and  pretax  income  on  our  financial  statements. 
Deferred tax assets generally represent future tax benefits to be received when these carryforwards can be applied against future 
taxable income or when expenses previously reported in our Consolidated Financial Statements become deductible for income 
tax purposes. A deferred tax asset valuation allowance is required when some portion or all of the deferred tax assets may not 
be realized. At December 31, 2018 the valuation allowance of $90.9 million was primarily related to net operating losses and 
foreign tax credits that we are not expected to realize. 

Our  effective  tax  rate  is  based  on  expected income,  statutory  tax  rates,  and  tax  planning  opportunities  available  to  us  in  the 
various  jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate.  Significant  judgment  is  required  in  determining  our  effective  tax  rate  and  in 
evaluating  our  tax  positions.  We  establish  accruals  for  uncertain  tax  positions  when  we  believe  that  the  full  amount  of  the 
associated tax benefit may not be realized. To the extent we were to prevail in matters for which accruals have been established 
or would be required to pay amounts in excess of reserves, there could be a material effect on our income tax provisions in the 
period in which such determination is made. 

On December 22, 2017, the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act” (the “Act”) was signed into law, making significant changes to the U.S. 
Internal Revenue Code. Changes include, but are not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax 
years  beginning  after  December  31,  2017,  the  transition  of  U.S.  international  taxation  from  a  worldwide  tax  system  to  a 

57 

 
territorial tax system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of 
December  31,  2017.  In  accordance  with  the Act,  we  recorded  $28.4  million  as  additional  income  tax  expense  in  the  fourth 
quarter of 2017,  the period  in  which  the  legislation  was enacted. The  total  income  tax  expense  included  a $36.0 million  tax 
benefit for the remeasurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities to the 21% rate at which they are expected to reverse, offset 
with  a  one-time  tax  expense  on  deemed  repatriation  of  $29.1  million  and  a  valuation  allowance  of  $35.3  million  recorded 
against foreign tax credit carryovers that we no longer expect to be able to realize based upon the new tax law. Additionally, 
Staff Accounting  Bulletin  No.  118  (“SAB  118”)  was  issued  to  address  the  application  of  U.S.  GAAP  in  situations  when  a 
registrant  does  not  have  the  necessary  information  available,  prepared,  or  analyzed  (including  computations)  in  reasonable 
detail  to  complete  the  accounting  for  certain  income  tax  effects  of  the  Act.  December  22,  2018  marked  the  end  of  the 
measurement period for purposes of SAB 118. As such, we have completed our analysis based on legislative updates relating to 
the Act currently available which resulted in an additional SAB 118 tax expense of $10.0 million for the year ended December 
31, 2018. The total tax expense included an $8.0 million tax expense associated with an increase to the valuation allowance 
against foreign tax credit carryovers that we no longer expect to be able to realize based upon the new tax law, a $1.3 million 
tax  expense  adjustment  to  the  transition  tax  on  the  deemed  repatriation  of  cumulative  foreign  earnings,  a  $1.1  million  tax 
expense resulting from a valuation allowance established on the deferred tax assets associated with stock options of covered 
employees, and a $0.4 million income tax benefit associated with an adjustment to the remeasurement of certain deferred tax 
assets and liabilities. See Note 15, Income Taxes, in the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements. 

Current-Year Adoption of Accounting Pronouncements 

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2014-09,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (ASU 
2014-09), which replaced most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP. The core principle of the ASU is that an 
entity should recognize revenue for the transfer of goods or services equal to the amount that it expects to be entitled to receive 
for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of 
revenue  and  cash  flows  arising  from  customer  contracts,  including  significant  judgments  and  changes  in  judgments.  We 
adopted ASU 2014-09 on January 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective method of adoption. Adoption resulted in a $2.6 
million, net of tax increase to retained earnings. This adjustment primarily relates to the deferral of costs to obtain a contract 
that were previously expensed at the beginning of the contract period. 

In  August  2016,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2016-15,  Statement  of  Cash  Flows  (Topic  230):  
Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (ASU 2016-15). The new guidance addresses how the following 
eight specific cash flow items are to be presented: Debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; settlement of zero-coupon 
debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest 
rate of the borrowing; contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; proceeds from the settlement of 
insurance claims; proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies (including bank-owned life insurance 
policies); distributions received from equity method investees; beneficial interests in securitization transactions; and separately 
identifiable  cash  flows  and  application  of  the  predominance  principle. We  adopted  ASU  2016-15  on  January  1,  2018.  The 
adoption had no material impact on our statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2018. 

In  October  2016,  the  FASB  issued Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2016-16,  Intra-Entity  Transfers  of  Assets  Other  Than 
Inventory  (ASU  2016-16),  which  requires  recognition  of  the  income  tax  consequences  of  an  intra-entity  transfer  of  an  asset 
other than inventory when the transfer occurs. Consequently, the standard eliminates the exception to the recognition of current 
and deferred income taxes for an intra-entity asset transfer other than for inventory until the asset has been sold to an outside 
party. We  adopted ASU  2016-16  on  January  1,  2018.  The  adoption  resulted  in  a  $3.0  million  and  $46.9  million  decrease  to 
other current assets and other long-lived assets, respectively, as well as an $18.2 million increase in deferred income tax assets 
and a $31.7 million decrease to retained earnings on January 1, 2018. The adoption had no material impact on our results of 
operations. 

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-07, which requires an entity to report the service cost component in the same line 
item or items as other compensation costs arising from the service rendered by their employees during the period. The other 
components  of  net  benefit  cost  are  required  to  be  presented  in  the  Statement  of  Operations  separately  from  the  service  cost 

58 

 
component  after  Operating  Income.  Additionally,  only  the  service  cost  component  is  eligible  for  capitalization,  when 
applicable.  The  standard  requires  the  amendments  to  be  applied  retrospectively  for  the  presentation  of  the  service  cost 
component  and  the  other  cost  components  of  net  periodic  pension  cost  and  net  periodic  OPEB  cost  in  the  Statement  of 
Operations and prospectively, on and after the effective date, for the capitalization of the service cost component of net periodic 
pension and OPEB costs. We adopted ASU 2017-07 on January 1, 2018, and elected to use the practical expedient related to the 
retrospective presentation requirements. Adoption resulted in a $0.7 million and $8.2 million increase to operating income for 
the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, but no changes to net income. 

In January 2018, the FASB released guidance on the accounting for tax on the global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) 
provisions  of  the  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs Act  (the  “Act”).  The  GILTI  provisions  impose  a  tax  on  foreign  income  in  excess  of  a 
deemed  return  on  tangible  assets  of  foreign  corporations.  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2018,  the  Company  elected  to  treat  any 
potential GILTI inclusions as a period cost. 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-14 (“ASU 2018-14”), Compensation - Retirement Benefits - Defined Benefit 
Plans  -  General  (Subtopic  715-20):    Disclosure  Framework  -  Changes  to  the  Disclosure  Requirements  for  Defined  Benefit 
Plans. The amendments in ASU 2018-14 remove certain disclosures, clarify the specific requirements of disclosures, and add 
new disclosure requirements, including (1) the weighted-average interest crediting rates for cash balance plans and other plans 
with promised interest crediting rates and (2) an explanation of the reasons for significant gains and losses related to changes in 
the benefit obligation for the period. The amendments are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2020, and early 
adoption is permitted. We early adopted ASU 2018-14 in 2018. The adoption had no impact on our financial statements; only 
our disclosures. See Note 16. 

Pending Adoption of Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (ASU 2016-02), a leasing standard for 
both  lessees  and  lessors  that  supersedes  the  lease  requirements  in  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (ASC)  Topic  840, 
"Leases." Under its core principle, a lessee will recognize a right-of-use asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for nearly 
all leased assets. Lessor accounting remains largely consistent with existing U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We 
plan to adopt ASU 2016-02 on January 1, 2019 using the newly permitted transition method issued in July 2018, under ASU 
No. 2018-11 (“ASU 2018-11”), Leases: Targeted Improvements, which provides an additional (and optional) transition method 
for  adopting  the  new  lease  standard.  Under  this  transition  method,  an  entity  initially  applies  the  new  lease  standard  at  the 
adoption  date  and  recognizes  a  cumulative  effect  adjustment  to  opening  retained  earnings  in  the  period  of  adoption. 
Furthermore,  we  plan  to  elect  the  following  practical  expedients  and  accounting  policy  elections  upon  adoption:    (i)  the 
package  of  practical  expedients  as  defined  in  ASU  2016-02,  (ii)  the  short-term  lease  accounting  policy  election,  (iii)  the 
practical  expedient  to  not  separate  non-lease  components  from  lease  components,  and  (iv)  the  easement  practical  expedient, 
which permits an entity to continue applying its current policy for accounting for land easements that existed as of the effective 
date of ASU 2016-02. We are implementing changes to our systems and processes in response to the new standard. We expect 
the adoption will result in an increase to our total assets and liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet between $68 million 
and $78 million, before considering deferred taxes. The adoption is not expected to have a material impact on our results of 
operations. 

In August  2017,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No. ASU  2017-12,  Derivatives  and  Hedging  (Topic  815):  
Targeted  Improvements  to  Accounting  for  Hedging  Activities.  The  new  guidance  better  aligns  an  entity’s  risk  management 
activities and financial reporting for hedging relationships through changes to both the designation and measurement guidance 
for  qualifying  hedging  relationships  and  the  presentation  of  hedge  results.  The  new  guidance  also  makes  certain  targeted 
improvements  to  simplify  the  application  of  hedge  accounting  guidance  and  ease  the  administrative  burden  of  hedge 
documentation  requirements  and  assessing  hedge  effectiveness.  The  standard  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after 
December  15,  2018,  and  early  adoption  is  permitted.  We  do  not  expect  the  standard  to  have  a  material  impact  on  our 
consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. 

59 

 
 
In  February  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2018-02  (“ASU  2018-02”),  Reclassification  of  Certain  Tax  Effects  from 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. ASU 2018-02 provides an option to allow reclassification from accumulated other 
comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. The new 
guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and early adoption is permitted. We 
are  currently  evaluating  the  impact  this  update  will  have  on  our  condensed  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related 
disclosures. 

In  June  2018,  the  FASB  issued ASU  No.  2018-07  (“ASU  2018-07”),  Improvements  to  Nonemployee  Share-Based  Payment 
Accounting. The amendments in ASU 2018-07 expand the scope of Topic 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation, to include 
share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from non-employees, and provide that non-employee share-
based payment awards be measured at their grant-date fair value and the probability of satisfying performance conditions be 
taken  into  account  when  non-employee  share-based  payment  awards  contain  such  conditions.  The  standard  is  effective  for 
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact this 
update will have on our condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. 

In  August  2018,  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”)  adopted  the  final  rule  under  SEC  Release  No.  33-
10532, Disclosure  Update  and Simplification,  amending  certain  disclosure  requirements  that  were  redundant,  duplicative, 
overlapping,  outdated  or  superseded. Additionally,  the  amendments  expanded  the  disclosure  requirements  on  the  analysis  of 
stockholders'  equity  for  interim  financial  statements.  Under  the  amendments,  an  analysis  of  changes  in  each  caption  of 
stockholders'  equity  presented  in  the  balance  sheet  must  be  provided  in  a  note  or  separate  statement.  The  analysis  should 
present  a  reconciliation  of  the  beginning  balance  to  the  ending  balance  of  each  period  presented.  The  amendments  were 
effective  on  November  5,  2018,  however,  the  SEC  staff  recently  clarified  in  a  Compliance  and  Disclosure  Interpretation 
(C&DI) that it would not object if a registrant waits until it files Form 10-Q for the quarter that begins after the effective date to 
comply  with  the  new  requirements  pertaining  to  the  equity  reconciliation  but  can  adopt  the  other  amendments  upon 
effectiveness. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of the final rule on its consolidated financial statements. 

Note 3: Revenues 

On January 1, 2018, we adopted Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 
606)  using  the  modified  retrospective  method  applied  to  those  contracts  which  were  not  completed  as  of  January  1,  2018. 
Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2018 are presented under Topic 606, while prior period amounts are not 
adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the accounting standards in effect for those periods. 

We recorded a net increase to retained earnings of $2.6 million as of January 1, 2018 due to the cumulative impact of adopting 
Topic  606,  with  the  impact  primarily  related  to  sales  commissions  and  software  revenues  within  our  Industrial  Solutions 
segment. There was no significant impact to revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 as a result of applying Topic 606. 

Revenues are recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers and in an amount that 
reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Taxes collected from customers 
and  remitted  to  governmental  authorities  are  not  included  in  our  revenues.  We  do  not  evaluate  a  contract  for  a  significant 
financing  component  when  the  time  between  cash  collection  and  performance  is  less  than  one  year.  The  following  tables 
present our revenues disaggregated by major product category. 

60 

 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2018 

Enterprise Solutions 
Industrial Solutions 

Total 

Year Ended December 31, 2017 

Enterprise Solutions 
Industrial Solutions 

Total 

Year Ended December 31, 2016 

Enterprise Solutions 
Industrial Solutions 

Total 

Cable & 
Connectivity

Networking, 

Software & Security    Total Revenues 

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,046,744 $
662,742
1,709,486 $

1,024,090 $
628,889
1,652,979 $

1,003,799 $
590,462
1,594,261 $

468,822    $ 
407,060   
875,882    $ 

332,215    $ 
403,449   
735,664    $ 

368,009    $ 
394,402   
762,411    $ 

1,515,566
1,069,802
2,585,368

1,356,305
1,032,338
2,388,643

1,371,808
984,864
2,356,672

The following tables present our revenues disaggregated by geography, based on the location of the customer purchasing the 
product. 

Year Ended December 31, 2018 

Enterprise Solutions 
Industrial Solutions 

Total 

Year Ended December 31, 2017 

Enterprise Solutions 
Industrial Solutions 

Total 

Year Ended December 31, 2016 

Enterprise Solutions 
Industrial Solutions 

Total 

Americas 

EMEA 

APAC 

  Total Revenues

$

$

$

$

$

$

981,822 $
619,721
1,601,543 $

925,647 $
606,331
1,531,978 $

937,741 $
596,032
1,533,773 $

294,129 $
290,607
584,736 $

214,763 $
280,890
495,653 $

220,511 $
261,055
481,566 $

239,615    $
159,474   
399,089    $

215,895    $
145,117   
361,012    $

213,556    $
127,777   
341,333    $

1,515,566
1,069,802
2,585,368

1,356,305
1,032,338
2,388,643

1,371,808
984,864
2,356,672

The following tables present our revenues disaggregated by products, including software products, and support and services. 

Year Ended December 31, 2018 

Enterprise Solutions 
Industrial Solutions 

Total 

Year Ended December 31, 2017 

Enterprise Solutions 
Industrial Solutions 

Total 

Year Ended December 31, 2016 

Enterprise Solutions 
Industrial Solutions 

Total 

Products 

Support & Services 

  Total Revenues 

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,441,757 $
974,029
2,415,786 $

1,281,960 $
929,263
2,211,223 $

1,293,392 $
885,208
2,178,600 $

61 

73,809    $ 
95,773   
169,582    $ 

74,345    $ 
103,075   
177,420    $ 

78,416    $ 
99,656   
178,072    $ 

1,515,566
1,069,802
2,585,368

1,356,305
1,032,338
2,388,643

1,371,808
984,864
2,356,672

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
We generate revenues primarily by selling products that provide secure and reliable transmission of data, sound, and video for 
mission critical applications. We also generate revenues from providing support and professional services. We sell our products 
to distributors, end-users, installers, and directly to original equipment manufacturers. At times, we enter into arrangements that 
involve  the  delivery  of  multiple  performance  obligations.  For  these  arrangements,  revenue  is  allocated  to  each  performance 
obligation  based  on  its  relative  standalone  selling  price  and  recognized  when  or  as  each  performance  obligation  is  satisfied. 
Most of our performance obligations related to the sale of products are satisfied at a point in time when control of the product is 
transferred based on the shipping terms of the arrangement. Generally, we determine standalone selling price using the prices 
charged to customers on a standalone basis. 

The amount of consideration we receive and revenue we recognize varies due to rebates, returns, and price adjustments. We 
estimate  the  expected  rebates,  returns,  and  price  adjustments  based  on  an  analysis  of  historical  experience,  anticipated  sales 
demand,  and  trends  in  product  pricing.  We  adjust  our  estimate  of  revenue  at  the  earlier  of  when  the  most  likely  amount  of 
consideration we expect to receive changes or when the consideration becomes fixed. Adjustments to revenue for performance 
obligations  satisfied  in  prior  periods  was  not  significant  during  the  year  ended  December 31,  2018.  Accrued  rebates  and 
accrued  returns  as  of  December 31,  2018  totaled  $41.3  million  and  $11.9  million,  respectively.  Estimated  price  adjustments 
recognized against our gross accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2018 totaled $25.1 million. 

Depending on the terms of an arrangement, we may defer the recognition of a portion of the consideration received because we 
have  to  satisfy  a  future  obligation.  Consideration  allocated  to  support  services  under  a  support  and  maintenance  contract  is 
typically paid in advance and recognized ratably over the term of the service. Consideration allocated to professional services is 
recognized  when  or  as  the  services  are  performed  depending  on  the  terms  of  the  arrangement. As  of  January  1,  2018,  total 
deferred revenue was $104.4 million, and during 2018, $202.1 million of revenue was deferred and $193.2 million of revenue 
was recognized. Thus, as of December 31, 2018, total deferred revenue was $113.3 million, and of this amount, $101.2 million 
will be recognized within the next twelve months, and the remaining $12.1 million is long-term and will be recognized over a 
period greater than twelve months. 

We  expense  sales  commissions  as  incurred  when  the  duration  of  the  related  revenue  arrangement  is  one  year  or  less.  We 
capitalize  sales  commissions  in  other  current  and  long-lived  assets  on  our  balance  sheet  when  the  duration  of  the  related 
revenue arrangement is longer than one year, and we amortize it over the related revenue arrangement period. Total capitalized 
sales  commissions  was  $2.9  million  as  of  December 31,  2018. Total  sales  commissions  costs  were  $23.3  million  during  the 
year ended December 31, 2018. Sales commissions are recorded within selling, general and administrative expenses. 

Note 4: Acquisitions 

Net-Tech Technology, Inc. 

We acquired 100% of the shares of NT2 on April 25, 2018 for a purchase price of $8.5 million that was funded with cash on 
hand. NT2 is an integrator of optical passive components and network optimization products used within broadband network 
applications where optical backhaul is used. NT2 is located in the United States. The results of NT2 have been included in our 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  from April  25,  2018,  and  are  reported  within  the  Enterprise  Solutions  segment. The  NT2 
acquisition was not material to our financial position or results of operations. 

Snell Advanced Media 

We  acquired  100%  of  the  outstanding  ownership  interest  in  SAM  on  February  8,  2018  for  a  purchase  price,  net  of  cash 
acquired, of $104.5 million. Of the $104.5 million purchase price, $75.2 million was paid on February 8, 2018 and was funded 
with cash on hand. The acquisition included a potential earnout, which was based upon future combined earnings of SAM and 
Grass Valley through December 31, 2019. The maximum earnout consideration is $31.4 million, but based upon a third party 
valuation  specialist  using  certain  assumptions  in  a  discounted  cash  flow  model,  the  preliminary  estimated  fair  value  of  the 
earnout  included  in  the  purchase  price  was  $29.3  million. We  assumed  debt  of  $19.3  million  and  paid  it  off  during  the  first 
quarter of 2018. SAM designs, manufactures, and sells innovative content production and distribution systems for the broadcast 
and media markets. SAM is headquartered in the United Kingdom. The results of SAM have been included in our Consolidated 
Financial  Statements  from  February  8,  2018,  and  are  reported  within  the  Enterprise  Solutions  segment.  The  following  table 

62 

 
summarizes the estimated, preliminary fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed as of February 8, 2018 (in 
thousands): 

Receivables 
Inventory 
Prepaid and other current assets 
Property, plant, and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Goodwill 
Deferred income taxes 
Other long-lived assets 

   Total assets acquired 

Accounts payable 
Accrued liabilities 
Deferred revenue 
Long-term debt 
Postretirement benefits 
Other long-term liabilities 

   Total liabilities assumed 

Net assets 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

16,551
15,084
3,799
7,716
51,000
102,715
1,388
3,046

201,299

11,825
24,405
8,860
19,315
31,774
591

96,770

104,529

The  above  acquisition  accounting  is  preliminary,  and  is  subject  to  revision  as  additional  information  about  the  fair  value  of 
individual  assets  and  liabilities  becomes  available.  The  preliminary  measurement  of  receivables;  inventories;  property,  plant 
and equipment; intangible assets; goodwill; deferred income taxes; deferred revenue; and other assets and liabilities are subject 
to change. A change in the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired will change the amount of the purchase price allocable 
to goodwill. 

During the fourth quarter 2018, we recorded measurement-period adjustments that increased goodwill by approximately $15 
million primarily for changes in the fair value of intangible assets and deferred revenue. The impact of these adjustments to the 
consolidated statement of operations was immaterial. 

A  single  estimate  of  fair  value  results  from  a  complex  series  of  judgments  about  future  events  and  uncertainties  and  relies 
heavily on estimates and assumptions. The judgments we have used in estimating the preliminary fair values assigned to each 
class of acquired assets and assumed liabilities could materially affect the results of our operations. 

The preliminary fair value of acquired receivables is $16.6 million, which is equivalent to its gross contractual amount. 

For purposes of the above allocation, we based our estimates of the preliminary fair values for the acquired inventory; property, 
plant,  and  equipment;  intangible  assets;  and  deferred  revenue  on  preliminary  valuation  studies  performed  by  a  third  party 
valuation firm. We have estimated a preliminary fair value adjustment for inventories based on the estimated selling price of the 
work-in-process and finished goods acquired at the closing date less the sum of the costs to complete the work-in-process, the 
costs  of  disposal,  and  a  reasonable  profit  allowance  for  our  post  acquisition  selling  efforts.  To  determine  the  value  of  the 
acquired  property,  plant,  and  equipment,  we  used  various  valuation  methods,  including  both  the  market  approach,  which 
considers sales prices of similar assets in similar conditions (Level 2 valuation), and the cost approach, which considers the cost 
to replace the asset adjusted for depreciation (Level 3 valuation). We used various valuation methods including discounted cash 
flows, lost income, excess earnings, and relief from royalty to estimate the preliminary fair value of the identifiable intangible 
assets and deferred revenue (Level 3 valuation). 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets reflected above were determined to meet the criteria for recognition apart from tangible 
assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed.  The  goodwill  is  primarily  attributable  to  expected  synergies  and  the  assembled 
workforce.  The  expected  synergies  for  the  SAM  acquisition  may  be  gained  from  cost  synergies  and  helping  broadcast  and 
media content creators, aggregators and distributors significantly improve their effectiveness and efficiency during a period of 
rapid change in technology, viewer and advertiser behavior and business models. Our tax basis in the acquired goodwill is zero. 
The intangible assets related to the acquisition consisted of the following: 

Intangible assets subject to amortization: 

Developed technologies 
Customer relationships 
Sales backlog 
Trademarks 

Total intangible assets subject to amortization 

Intangible assets not subject to amortization: 

Goodwill 

Total intangible assets not subject to amortization 

Total intangible assets 

Weighted average amortization period 

Preliminary Fair Value 

  Amortization Period 

(In thousands) 

(In years) 

$

$

$

$

$

36,500   
11,000   
1,900   
1,600   
51,000     

102,715   
102,715     

153,715     

5.0
12.0
0.3
0.9

n/a

6.2 years

The amortizable intangible assets reflected in the table above were determined by us to have finite lives. The useful life for the 
developed  technology  intangible  asset  was  based  on  the  estimated  time  that  the  technology  provides  us  with  a  competitive 
advantage and thus approximates the period and pattern of consumption of the intangible asset. The useful life for the customer 
relationship  intangible  asset  was  based  on  our  forecasts  of  estimated  sales  from  recurring  customers.  The  useful  life  of  the 
backlog intangible asset was based on our estimate of when the ordered items would ship. The useful life for the trademarks 
was based on the period of time we expect to continue to go to market using the trademarks. 

Our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 included an estimated $106.3 million from SAM. Due to the 
integration of SAM into our existing business, we are unable to reasonably estimate the amount of income before taxes from 
SAM included in our consolidated financial statements. Our consolidated income before taxes for the year ended December 31, 
2018 included $46.1 million of severance and other restructuring costs, $10.6 million of amortization of intangible assets, and 
$1.8 million of cost of sales related to the adjustment of acquired inventory to fair value from SAM. 

The  following  table  illustrates  the  unaudited  pro  forma  effect  on  operating  results  as  if  the  SAM  acquisition  had  been 
completed as of January 1, 2017. 

Years Ended December 31,
2017
2018 

Revenues 
Net income (loss) attributable to Belden common stockholders 
Diluted income (loss) per share attributable to Belden common stockholders 

$

$

(In thousands, except per share data) 
(Unaudited)

2,598,741   $ 
168,819   
4.12    $ 

2,500,779
(8,581)
(0.20)

For purposes of  the  pro forma  disclosures,  the  year  ended  December 31,  2017  includes  nonrecurring  expenses  related  to  the 
acquisition,  including severance, restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs;  amortization of  the sales  backlog  intangible 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
asset; and cost of sales arising from the adjustment of inventory to fair value of $46.1 million, $1.9 million, and $1.7 million, 
respectively. 

The  above  unaudited  pro  forma  financial  information  is  presented  for  informational  purposes  only  and  does  not  purport  to 
represent  what  our  results  of  operations  would  have  been  had  we  completed  the  acquisition  on  the  date  assumed,  nor  is  it 
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in future periods. Pro forma adjustments exclude cost savings from 
any synergies resulting from the acquisition. 

Thinklogical Holdings, LLC 

We  acquired  100%  of  the  outstanding  ownership  interest  in  Thinklogical  on  May  31,  2017  for  cash  of  $165.8  million. 
Thinklogical  designs,  manufactures,  and  markets  high-bandwidth  fiber  matrix  switches,  video,  and  keyboard/video/mouse 
extender  solutions,  camera  extenders,  and  console  management  solutions. Thinklogical  is  headquartered  in  Connecticut. The 
results  of  Thinklogical  have  been  included  in  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  from  May  31,  2017,  and  are  reported 
within the Enterprise Solutions segment. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and 
the liabilities assumed as of May 31, 2017 (in thousands): 

Receivables 
Inventory 
Prepaid and other current assets 
Property, plant, and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Goodwill 
Deferred income taxes 

   Total assets acquired 

Accounts payable 
Accrued liabilities 
Deferred revenue 

   Total liabilities assumed 

Net assets 

$

$

$

$

$

4,355
16,424
320
4,289
73,400
70,654
598

170,040

1,231
1,353
1,702

4,286

165,754

A  single  estimate  of  fair  value  results  from  a  complex  series  of  judgments  about  future  events  and  uncertainties  and  relies 
heavily  on  estimates  and  assumptions.  The  judgments  we  have  used  in  estimating  the  fair  values  assigned  to  each  class  of 
acquired assets and assumed liabilities could materially affect the results of our operations. 

The fair value of acquired receivables is $4.4 million, which is equivalent to its gross contractual amount. 

For purposes of the above allocation, we based our estimate of the fair value for the acquired inventory, intangible assets, and 
deferred revenue on a valuation study performed by a third party valuation firm. We used various valuation methods including 
discounted  cash  flows,  lost  income,  excess  earnings,  and  relief  from  royalty  to  estimate  the  preliminary  fair  value  of  the 
identifiable  intangible  assets  and  deferred  revenue  (Level  3  valuation).  The  determination  of  the  fair  value  of  the  assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed and the allocation of the purchase price is complete. 

Goodwill and other intangible assets reflected above were determined to meet the criterion for recognition apart from tangible 
assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed.  The  goodwill  is  primarily  attributable  to  expected  synergies  and  the  assembled 
workforce. The expected synergies for the Thinklogical acquisition primarily consist of utilizing Belden's fiber and connectivity 
portfolio  with  Thinklogical's  connections  between  matrix  switch,  control  systems,  transmitters  and  source  to  expand  our 
product  portfolio  across  our  segments  to  both  existing  and  new  customers.  Our  tax  basis  in  the  acquired  goodwill  is 
approximately $43.3 million and is deductible for tax purposes over a period of 15 years up to the amount of the tax basis. The 
intangible assets related to the acquisition consisted of the following: 

65 

 
 
Intangible assets subject to amortization: 

Developed technologies 
Customer relationships 
Trademarks 
Sales backlog 

Total intangible assets subject to amortization 

Intangible assets not subject to amortization: 

Goodwill 

Total intangible assets not subject to amortization 

Total intangible assets 

Weighted average amortization period 

Fair Value 

(In thousands) 

Amortization 
Period
(In years) 

$

$

$

$

$

62,600  
6,500 
2,900 
1,400 
73,400  

70,654  
70,654  

144,054  

10.0
8.0
10.0
0.3

n/a

9.6 years

The amortizable intangible assets reflected in the table above were determined by us to have finite lives. The useful life for the 
customer relationship intangible asset was based on our forecasts of estimated sales from recurring customers. The useful life 
for the trademarks was based on the period of time we expect to continue to go to market using the trademarks. The useful life 
for  the  developed  technology  intangible  asset  was  based  on  the  estimated  time  that  the  technology  provides  us  with  a 
competitive advantage and thus approximates the period and pattern of consumption of the intangible asset. The useful life of 
the backlog intangible asset was based on our estimate of when the ordered items would ship. 

Our consolidated revenues and consolidated income before taxes for the year ended December 31, 2017 included $30.8 million 
and  $(8.9)  million,  respectively,  from  Thinklogical.  The  loss  before  taxes  from  Thinklogical  included  $11.9  million  of 
amortization of intangible assets and $6.1 million of cost of sales related to the adjustment of acquired inventory to fair value. 

The following table illustrates the unaudited pro forma effect on operating results as if the Thinklogical acquisition had been 
completed as of January 1, 2016. 

Years Ended December 31,
2016
2017 

Revenues 
Net income attributable to Belden common stockholders 
Diluted income per share attributable to Belden common stockholders 

$

$

(In thousands, except per share data) 
(Unaudited)

2,399,715   $ 
60,690   

1.42    $ 

2,407,830
113,014
2.66

For purposes of the pro forma disclosures, the year ended December 31, 2016 includes nonrecurring expenses from the effects 
of  purchase  accounting,  including  cost  of  sales  arising  from  the  adjustment  of  inventory  to  fair  value  of  $6.1  million  and 
amortization of the sales backlog intangible asset of $1.4 million. 

The  above  unaudited  pro  forma  financial  information  is  presented  for  informational  purposes  only  and  does  not  purport  to 
represent  what  our  results  of  operations  would  have  been  had  we  completed  the  acquisition  on  the  date  assumed,  nor  is  it 
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in future periods. Pro forma adjustments exclude cost savings from 
any synergies resulting from the acquisition. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M2FX 

We acquired 100% of the shares of M2FX on January 7, 2016 for a purchase price of $19.0 million. M2FX is a manufacturer of 
fiber optic cable and fiber protective solutions for broadband access and telecommunications networks. M2FX is located in the 
United Kingdom. The results of M2FX have been included in our Consolidated Financial Statements from January 7, 2016, and 
are  reported  within  the  Enterprise  Solutions  segment.  The  M2FX  acquisition  was  not  material  to  our  financial  position  or 
results of operations. Of the total purchase price, $3.2 million was deferred as estimated earn-out consideration. We determined 
the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  earn-out  with  the  assistance  of  a  third  party  valuation  specialist  using  a  probability  weighted 
discounted cash flow model. The estimated earn-out was scheduled to be paid in early 2017, however, the financial targets tied 
to the earn-out were not achieved. We reduced the earn-out liability to zero as of December 31, 2016 and recognized a $3.2 
million benefit in Selling, General and Administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. This benefit was 
excluded from Segment EBITDA of our Enterprise Solutions segment. 

Note 5: Operating Segments and Geographic Information 

Effective  January  1,  2018,  we  changed  our  organizational  structure  and,  as  a  result,  now  are  reporting  two  segments.  The 
segments  formerly  known  as  Broadcast  Solutions  and  Enterprise  Solutions  now  are  presented  as  the  Enterprise  Solutions 
segment, and the segments formerly known as Industrial Solutions and Network Solutions now are presented as the Industrial 
Solutions  segment.  The  reorganization  allows  us  to  further  accelerate  progress  in  key  strategic  areas,  and  the  segment 
consolidation properly aligns our external reporting with the way the businesses are now managed. We have recast the prior 
period  segment  information  to  conform  to  the  change  in  the  composition  of  these  reportable  segments.  This  change  had  no 
impact to our reporting units for purposes of goodwill impairment testing. 

We have determined that each of the global business platforms represents a reportable segment. 

The segments design, manufacture, and market a portfolio of signal transmission solutions for mission critical applications used 
in a variety of end markets, including broadcast, enterprise, and industrial. We sell the products manufactured by our segments 
principally  through  distributors  or  directly  to  systems  integrators,  original  equipment  manufacturers  (OEMs),  end-users,  and 
installers. 

The  key  measures  of  segment  profit  or  loss  reviewed  by  our  chief  operating  decision  maker  are  Segment  Revenues  and 
Segment EBITDA. Segment Revenues represent non-affiliate revenues and include revenues that would have otherwise been 
recorded by acquired businesses as independent entities but were not recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Operations 
due to the effects of purchase accounting and the associated write-down of acquired deferred revenue to fair value. Segment 
EBITDA  excludes  certain  items,  including  depreciation  expense;  amortization  of  intangibles;  asset  impairment;  severance, 
restructuring, and acquisition integration costs; purchase accounting effects related to acquisitions, such as the adjustment of 
acquired  inventory  and  deferred  revenue  to  fair  value;  and  other  costs.  We  allocate  corporate  expenses  to  the  segments  for 
purposes of measuring Segment EBITDA. Corporate expenses are allocated on the basis of each segment’s relative EBITDA 
prior to the allocation. 

Our measure of segment assets does not include cash, goodwill, intangible assets, deferred tax assets, or corporate assets. All 
goodwill is allocated to reporting units of our segments for purposes of impairment testing. 

The results of our former equity method investment in the Hirschmann JV, which we sold effective December 31, 2017, were 
not included in the corporate expense allocation. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
Operating Segment Information 

Enterprise Solutions 

Segment revenues 
Affiliate revenues 
Segment EBITDA 
Depreciation expense 
Amortization of intangibles 
Amortization of software development intangible assets 
Severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs 
Purchase accounting effects of acquisitions 
Deferred revenue adjustments 
Patent settlement 
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment 
Segment assets 

Industrial Solutions 

Segment revenues 
Affiliate revenues 
Segment EBITDA 
Depreciation expense 
Amortization of intangibles 
Amortization of software development intangible assets 
Severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs 
Deferred revenue adjustments 
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment 
Segment assets 

Total Segments 

Segment revenues 
Affiliate revenues 
Segment EBITDA 
Depreciation expense 
Amortization of intangibles 
Amortization of software development intangible assets 
Severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs 
Purchase accounting effects of acquisitions 
Deferred revenue adjustments 
Patent settlement 
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment 
Segment assets 

$

Years ended December 31, 
2017 

2018 

2016 

(In thousands) 

1,522,178 $ 
6,085
267,656
28,861
45,944
2,180
57,563
3,497
6,612
—
65,619
761,309

1,356,305  $
5,091 
216,558 
26,272 
51,054 
56 
29,043 
6,133 
— 
— 
49,440 
687,914 

1,372,941
2,799
239,978
29,455
48,966
—
18,561
(2,079)
1,774
(5,554)
38,392
571,960

2018

Years ended December 31, 
2017 
(In thousands) 

$

1,069,802 $ 

1,032,338  $

81
207,724
18,754
52,885
8
11,050
—
29,215
458,801

67 
214,190 
19,325 
52,943 
— 
13,747 
— 
13,319 
458,481 

2016

984,864
71
193,811
17,753
49,419
—
12,579
4,913
15,190
342,038

Years ended December 31, 

2018 

2017 

2016 

(In thousands) 

2,388,643  $
5,158 
430,748 
45,597 
103,997 
56 
42,790 
6,133 
— 
— 
62,759 
1,146,395 

2,357,805
2,870
433,789
47,208
98,385
—
31,140
(2,079)
6,687
(5,554)
53,582
913,998

$

2,591,980 $ 
6,166
475,380
47,615
98,829
2,188
68,613
3,497
6,612
—
94,834
1,220,110

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table is a reconciliation of the total of the reportable segments’ Revenues and EBITDA to consolidated revenues 
and consolidated income before taxes, respectively. 

Total Segment Revenues 

Deferred revenue adjustments (1) 
Patent settlement (2) 

Consolidated Revenues 

Total Segment EBITDA 

Amortization of intangibles 
Severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs (3) 
Depreciation expense 
Deferred revenue adjustments (1) 
Purchase accounting effects related to acquisitions (4) 

       Costs related to patent litigation 
       Amortization of software development intangible assets 
       Loss on sale of assets (5) 

Impairment of assets held for sale (5) 
Patent settlement (2) 
Income from equity method investment 
Gain from patent litigation 
Eliminations 

Consolidated operating income 
Interest expense, net 
Non-operating pension cost 
Loss on debt extinguishment 
Consolidated income before taxes 

$

$

$

$

2018

Years Ended December 31,
2017 
(In thousands) 

2,388,643  $

2,591,980 $ 
(6,612)
—

— 
— 

2,585,368 $ 

2,388,643  $

475,380 $ 

430,748

$

(98,829)
(68,613)
(47,615)
(6,612)
(3,497)
(2,634)
(2,188)
(94)
—
—
—
62,141
(2,218)
305,221
(61,559)
(342)
(22,990)
220,330 $ 

(103,997)
(42,790)
(45,597)
— 
(6,133)
— 
(56)
(1,013)
— 
— 
7,502 
— 
(3,260)
235,404 
(82,901)
(714)
(52,441)
99,348  $

2016

2,357,805
(6,687)
5,554
2,356,672

433,789

(98,385)
(31,140)
(47,208)
(6,687)
2,079
—
—
—
(23,931)
5,554
1,793
—
(3,781)
232,083
(95,050)
(8,230)
(2,342)
126,461

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

Our segment results include revenues that would have been recorded by acquired businesses had they remained as independent 
entities.  Our  consolidated  results  do  not  include  these  revenues  due  to  the  purchase  accounting  effect  of  recording  deferred 
revenue at fair value. See Note 4, Acquisitions, for details. 

Both  our  consolidated  revenues  and  gross  profit  were  positively  impacted  by  royalty  revenues  received  during  2016  that 
related to years prior to 2016 as a result of a patent settlement. 

See Note 12, Severance, Restructuring, and Acquisition Integration Activities, for details. 

In 2018, we recognized $3.5 million of cost of sales related to purchase accounting adjustments, most of which was for the 
adjustment of acquired inventory to fair value for our SAM and NT2 acquisitions. In 2017, we recognized $6.1 million of cost 
of sales related to the adjustment of acquired inventory to fair value for our Thinklogical acquisition. In 2016, we made a $3.2 
million adjustment to reduce the earn-out liability associated with the M2FX acquisition. This adjustment was partially offset 
by $0.8 million and $0.2 million of cost of sales related to the adjustment of acquired inventory to fair value related to our 
Enterprise segment and M2FX acquisition, respectively. 

(5) 

In 2018, 2017, and 2016, we recognized a $0.1 million loss on sale of assets, $1.0 million loss on sale of assets, and $23.9 
million impairment of assets held for sale, respectively, for the sale of our MCS business and Hirschmann JV. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
Below are reconciliations of other segment measures to the consolidated totals. 

2018

Total segment assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization 
Deferred income taxes 
Corporate assets 

Total assets 

Total segment acquisition of property, plant and equipment 

Corporate acquisition of property, plant and equipment 

Total acquisition of property, plant and equipment

Geographic Information 

$

$

$

$

1,220,110 $ 
420,610
1,557,653
511,093
56,018
13,837
3,779,321 $ 

94,834 $ 

3,013
97,847 $ 

Years Ended December 31,
2017 
(In thousands) 

1,146,395  $
561,108 
1,478,257 
545,207 
42,549 
67,097 
3,840,613  $

$

62,759
1,502 
64,261  $

2016

913,998
848,116
1,385,995
560,082
33,706
64,906
3,806,803

53,582

392
53,974

The  Company  attributes  foreign  sales  based  on  the  location  of  the  customer  purchasing  the  product.  The  table  below 
summarizes net sales and long-lived assets for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 for the following countries: 
the U.S., Canada, China, and Germany. No other individual foreign country’s net sales or long-lived assets are material to the 
Company. 

United    
 States 

Canada 

China 

Germany 

  All Other 

Total 

(In thousands, except percentages) 

$  1,324,653 

51%

$  189,211 

$  1,265,455 

53%

$  231,938 

$  1,283,925 

55%

$  193,263 

$

$

$

$

$

$

174,727 

7%

32,312 

167,605 

7%

33,806 

159,985 

7%

31,278 

$

$

$

$

$

$

132,544 

5%

37,227 

121,600 

5%

34,774 

114,605 

5%

30,487 

$

$

$

$

$

$

117,598 

  $  835,846  

$ 2,585,368 

5% 

32%

100%

39,870 

  $ 

97,213  

$

395,833 

113,990 

  $  719,993  

$ 2,388,643 

5% 

30%

100%

38,029 

  $ 

63,982  

$

402,529 

104,214 

  $  693,943  

$ 2,356,672 

4% 

29%

100%

32,386 

  $ 

60,654  

$

348,068 

Year ended December 31, 2018 

Revenues 
Percent of total revenues 
Long-lived assets 

Year ended December 31, 2017 

Revenues 
Percent of total revenues 
Long-lived assets 

Year ended December 31, 2016 

Revenues 
Percent of total revenues 
Long-lived assets 

Major Customer 

Revenues  generated  from  sales  to  the  distributor  Anixter  International  Inc.,  in  both  the  Enterprise  Solutions  and  Industrial 
Solutions segments, were $309.0 million (12% of revenues), $292.2 million (12% of revenues), and $286.2 million (12% of 
revenues)  for  2018,  2017,  and  2016,  respectively.  At  December 31,  2018,  we  had  $37.0  million  in  accounts  receivable 
outstanding from Anixter International Inc. This represented approximately 8% of our total accounts receivable outstanding at 
December 31, 2018. 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Note 6: Noncontrolling Interest 

We have a 51% ownership percentage in a joint venture with Shanghai Hi-Tech Control System Co, Ltd (Hite). The purpose of 
the joint venture is to develop and provide certain Industrial Solutions products and integrated solutions to customers in China.  
Belden and Hite are committed to fund $1.53 million and $1.47 million, respectively, to the joint venture in the future. The joint 
venture  is  determined  to  not  have  sufficient  equity  at  risk;  therefore,  it  is  considered  a  variable  interest  entity.  We  have 
determined that Belden is the primary beneficiary of the joint venture, due to both our ownership percentage and our control 
over the activities of the joint venture that most significantly impact its economic performance based on the terms of the joint 
venture agreement with Hite. Because Belden is the primary beneficiary of the joint venture, we have consolidated the joint 
venture in our financial statements. The results of the joint venture attributable to Hite’s ownership are presented as net loss 
attributable  to  noncontrolling  interest  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  The  joint  venture  is  not  material  to  our 
consolidated financial statements as of or for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, or 2016. 

Note 7: Income Per Share 

The following table presents the basis of the income per share computation: 

Numerator: 

Net income 
Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest 

       Less:  Preferred stock dividends 

Net income attributable to Belden common stockholders 

Denominator: 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic 
Effect of dilutive common stock equivalents 

Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted 

2018

Years Ended December 31,
2017 
(In thousands) 

2016

$

$

160,711 $ 
(183)
34,931

125,963 $ 

40,675
281

40,956

92,853  $
(357)
34,931 
58,279  $

42,220 
423 
42,643 

127,646
(357)
15,428

112,575

42,093
464

42,557

For  the  years  ended  December 31,  2018,  2017,  and  2016,  diluted  weighted  average  shares  outstanding  do  not  include 
outstanding  equity  awards  of  0.9  million,  0.5  million,  and  0.6  million,  respectively,  because  to  do  so  would  have  been  anti-
dilutive. In addition, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, diluted weighted average shares outstanding do 
not include outstanding equity awards of 0.3 million, 0.2 million, and 0.1 million, respectively, because the related performance 
conditions  have  not  been  satisfied.  Furthermore,  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2018,  2017,  and  2016,  diluted  weighted 
average shares outstanding do not include the weighted average impact of preferred shares that are convertible into 6.9 million, 
6.9 million, and 3.0 million common shares, respectively, because deducting the preferred stock dividends from net income was 
more dilutive. 

For purposes of calculating basic earnings per share, unvested restricted stock units are not included in the calculation of basic 
weighted average shares outstanding until all necessary conditions have been satisfied and issuance of the shares underlying the 
restricted stock units is no longer contingent. Necessary conditions are not satisfied until the vesting date, at which time holders 
of our restricted stock units receive shares of our common stock. 

For purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share, unvested restricted stock units are included to the extent that they are 
dilutive. In determining whether unvested restricted stock units are dilutive, each issuance of restricted stock units is considered 
separately. 

Once  a  restricted  stock  unit  has  vested,  it  is  included  in  the  calculation  of  both  basic  and  diluted  weighted  average  shares 
outstanding. 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 8: Inventories 

The major classes of inventories were as follows: 

Raw materials 
Work-in-process 
Finished goods 

Gross inventories 
Excess and obsolete reserves 

Net inventories 

Note 9: Property, Plant and Equipment 

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment were as follows: 

Land and land improvements 
Buildings and leasehold improvements 
Machinery and equipment 
Computer equipment and software 
Construction in process 

Gross property, plant and equipment 

Accumulated depreciation 

Net property, plant and equipment 

Depreciation Expense 

December 31,

2018 

2017

(In thousands)

146,803  $
45,939 
152,572 
345,314 
(28,896)
316,418  $

133,311
35,807
153,377
322,495
(25,269)
297,226

December 31,

2018 

2017

(In thousands)
30,173  $
141,009 
569,359 
139,773 
64,145 
944,459 
(578,489)
365,970  $

31,963
148,598
543,594
136,509
46,898
907,562
(570,240)
337,322

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

We recognized depreciation expense of $47.6 million, $45.6 million, and $47.2 million in 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. 

Note 10: Intangible Assets 

The carrying values of intangible assets were as follows: 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2018 

December 31, 2017 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization 

(In thousands) 

Net 
Carrying 
Amount

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

(In thousands) 

Net 
Carrying 
Amount

$  1,557,653 $

— $

1,557,653 $

1,478,257   $ 

— $

1,478,257

$ 

545,982 $

(379,896) $

166,086 $

331,643

(115,943)

215,700

57,860

23,833

15,885

(27,106)

(16,471)

(15,885)

30,754

7,362

—

498,649   $ 
320,550  
56,794  
23,428  
14,535  

(318,366) $

180,283

(98,175)

(18,648)

(13,483)

(14,535)

222,375

38,146

9,945

—

975,203

(555,301)

419,902

913,956

(463,207)

450,749

Goodwill 

Definite-lived intangible assets subject to 
amortization: 

Developed technology 

Customer relationships 

Trademarks 

In-service research and development 

Backlog 

Total intangible assets subject to 
amortization 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets not subject 
to amortization: 

Trademarks 

In-process research and development 

Total intangible assets not subject 
to amortization 

90,391

800

91,191

—

—

—

90,391

800

91,191

Intangible assets 

$  1,066,394 $

(555,301) $

511,093 $

92,758  
1,700  

94,458
1,008,414   $ 

—

—

—

92,758

1,700

94,458

(463,207) $

545,207

Segment Allocation of Goodwill and Trademarks 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill assigned to reporting units in our reportable segments are as follows: 

Enterprise Solutions

Industrial Solutions 

Consolidated 

(In thousands) 

Balance at December 31, 2016 

Acquisitions and purchase accounting adjustments 

Translation impact 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

Acquisitions and purchase accounting adjustments 

Translation impact 

Balance at December 31, 2018 

$

$

$

617,320 $

71,394

13,557

702,271 $

105,899

(22,812)

785,358 $

768,675   $ 
—  
7,311  
775,986   $ 
—  
(3,691)  
772,295   $ 

1,385,995

71,394

20,868

1,478,257

105,899
(26,503)

1,557,653

The changes in the carrying amount of indefinite-lived trademarks are as follows: 

Balance at December 31, 2016 

Translation impact 

Reclassify to definite-lived 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

Translation impact 

Balance at December 31, 2018 

Enterprise Solutions

Industrial Solutions 

Consolidated 

(In thousands) 

80,350 $

2,727

—

83,077 $

(1,893)

81,184 $

41,622   $ 
1,260  
(33,201)  

9,681   $ 
(474)  
9,207   $ 

121,972

3,987

(33,201)

92,758

(2,367)

90,391

$

$

$

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment 

The  annual  measurement  date  for  our goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  impairment  test  is our  fiscal November 
month-end. For our 2018 goodwill impairment test, we performed a quantitative assessment for four of our reporting units and 
determined the estimated fair values of our reporting units by calculating the present values of their estimated future cash flows 
using Level 3 inputs. We determined that the fair values of the reporting units were in excess of the carrying values; therefore, 
we  did  not  record  any  goodwill  impairment  for  the  four  reporting  units.  We  performed  a  qualitative  assessment  for  the 
remaining seven of our reporting units, and we determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value was greater than 
the  carrying  value.  Therefore,  we  did  not  record  any  goodwill  impairment  for  the  seven  reporting  units.  We  also  did  not 
recognize any goodwill impairment in 2017 or 2016 based on the results of our annual goodwill impairment testing. 

Similar to the quantitative goodwill impairment test, we determined the estimated fair values of our indefinite-lived trademarks 
by calculating the present values of the estimated cash flows (using Level 3 inputs) attributable to the respective trademarks. 
We did not recognize any trademark impairment charges in 2018, 2017, or 2016. 

Amortization Expense 

We  recognized  amortization  expense  in  income  from  continuing  operations  of  $101.0  million,  $104.0  million,  and  $98.4 
million in 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. We expect to recognize annual amortization expense of $90.4 million in 2019, 
$74.4 million in 2020, $42.1 million in 2021, $38.2 million in 2022, and $29.3 million in 2023 related to our intangible assets 
balance as of December 31, 2018. 

The  weighted-average  amortization  period  for  our  customer  relationships,  trademarks,  developed  technology,  and  in-service 
research and development is 18.4 years, 7.9 years, 6.5 years, and 5.0 years, respectively. 

In connection with a segment change in 2017, we re-evaluated the useful life of the Tripwire trademark and concluded that an 
indefinite life was no longer appropriate. We estimated a useful life of 10 years and will re-evaluate this estimate if and when 
our expected use of the Tripwire trademark changes. We began amortizing the Tripwire trademark in 2017, which resulted in 
amortization expense of $3.1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. As of December 31, 2018, the 
net book value of the Tripwire trademark was $24.8 million. 

Note 11: Accrued Liabilities 

The carrying values of accrued liabilities were as follows: 

Current deferred revenue 
Wages, severance and related taxes 
Accrued rebates 
Employee benefits 
Accrued interest 
Other (individual items less than 5% of total current liabilities) 

Accrued liabilities 

December 31, 

2018 

2017 

(In thousands) 

$ 

$ 

101,194  $
56,129 
41,312 
25,670 
18,530 
121,441 
364,276  $

90,639
57,633
38,025
25,406
22,019
68,929

302,651

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 12: Severance, Restructuring, and Acquisition Integration Activities 

Grass Valley and SAM Integration Program: 2018 

During the first quarter of 2018, we began a restructuring program to integrate SAM with Grass Valley. The restructuring and 
integration activities are focused on achieving desired cost savings by consolidating existing and acquired facilities and other 
support functions. We recognized $42.3 million of severance and other restructuring costs for this program during 2018. The 
costs were incurred by the Enterprise Solutions segment. We expect to incur approximately $3 million of additional severance 
and restructuring costs for this program, which will be incurred during the first quarter of 2019. 

Industrial Manufacturing Footprint Program: 2016-2018 

In  2016,  we  began  a  program  to  consolidate  our  manufacturing  footprint. The  manufacturing  consolidation  is  complete. We 
recognized $17.7 million, $30.6 million, and $17.8 million of severance and other restructuring costs for this program during 
2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. The costs were incurred by the Enterprise Solutions and Industrial Solutions segments, as 
the manufacturing locations involved in the program serve both platforms. To date, we have incurred a total of $66.1 million in 
severance and other restructuring costs, including manufacturing inefficiencies for this program. 

The  following  tables  summarize  the  costs  by  segment  of  the  various  programs  described  above  as  well  as  other  immaterial 
programs and acquisition integration activities: 

Year Ended December 31, 2018 

Enterprise Solutions 
Industrial Solutions 

Total 

Year Ended December 31, 2017 

Enterprise Solutions 
Industrial Solutions 

Total 

Year Ended December 31, 2016 

Enterprise Solutions 
Industrial Solutions 

Total 

Severance 

Other Restructuring 
and Integration Costs   
(In thousands) 

Total Costs 

$

$

$

$

$

$

9,945 $
378

10,323 $

4,535 $
676

5,211 $

520 $

6,562

7,082 $

47,618    $ 
10,672   
58,290    $ 

24,508    $ 
13,071   
37,579    $ 

18,041    $ 
6,017   
24,058    $ 

57,563
11,050

68,613

29,043
13,747

42,790

18,561
12,579

31,140

The  other  restructuring  and  integration  costs  primarily  consisted  of  equipment  transfers,  costs  to  consolidate  operating  and 
support  facilities,  retention  bonuses,  relocation,  travel,  legal,  and  other  costs.  The  majority  of  the  other  restructuring  and 
integration costs related to these actions were paid as incurred or are payable within the next 60 days. 

Of  the  total  severance,  restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs  recognized  during  2018,  $28.1  million,  $35.0  million, 
and  $5.5  million  were  included  in  cost of sales;  selling, general  and administrative  expenses;  and research  and development 
expenses,  respectively.  Of  the  total  severance,  restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs  recognized  during  2017,  $32.6 
million,  $10.0  million,  and  $0.2  million  were  included  in  cost  of  sales;  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses;  and 
research and development expenses, respectively. Of the total severance and other restructuring costs recognized during 2016, 
$12.3 million, $18.0 million, and $0.8 million were included in cost of sales; selling, general and administrative expenses; and 
research and development expenses, respectively. 

There were no significant severance accrual balances as of December 31, 2018 or 2017. 

75 

 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
Note 13: Long-Term Debt and Other Borrowing Arrangements 

The carrying values of our long-term debt and other borrowing arrangements were as follows: 

Revolving credit agreement due 2022 
Senior subordinated notes: 

3.875% Senior subordinated notes due 2028 
3.375% Senior subordinated notes due 2027 
4.125% Senior subordinated notes due 2026 
2.875% Senior subordinated notes due 2025 
5.25%   Senior subordinated notes due 2024 
5.50%   Senior subordinated notes due 2023 

Total senior subordinated notes 

Less unamortized debt issuance costs 

Long-term debt 

Revolving Credit Agreement due 2022 

December 31,

2018 

2017

$ 

(In thousands)
—  $

—

400,050 
514,350 
228,600 
342,900 
— 
— 
1,485,900 
(22,700)
1,463,200  $

—
540,810
240,360
360,540
200,000
242,522
1,584,232
(23,484)
1,560,748

$ 

In 2017, we entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the Revolver) to amend and restate our prior Revolving 
Credit Agreement. The Revolver provides a $400.0 million multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility. The borrowing 
base under the Revolver includes eligible accounts receivable; inventory; and property, plant and equipment of certain of our 
subsidiaries in the U.S., Canada, Germany, and the Netherlands. The maturity date of the Revolver is May 16, 2022. Interest on 
outstanding  borrowings  is  variable,  based  upon  LIBOR  or  other  similar  indices  in  foreign  jurisdictions,  plus  a  spread  that 
ranges  from  1.25%-1.75%,  depending  upon  our  leverage  position.  We  pay  a  commitment  fee  on  our  available  borrowing 
capacity of 0.25%. In the event we borrow more than 90% of our borrowing base, we are subject to a fixed charge coverage 
ratio covenant. In 2017, we recognized a $0.8 million loss on debt extinguishment for unamortized debt issuance costs related 
to creditors no longer participating in the new Revolver. In connection with executing the Revolver, we also paid $2.3 million 
of fees to creditors and third parties that we will amortize over the remaining term of the Revolver. As of December 31, 2018, 
we had no borrowings outstanding on the Revolver, and our available borrowing capacity was $359.1 million. 

Senior Subordinated Notes 

In  March  2018,  we  completed  an  offering  for  €350.0  million  ($431.3  million  at  issuance)  aggregate  principal  amount  of 
3.875% senior subordinated notes due 2028 (the 2028 Notes). The carrying value of the 2028 Notes as of December 31, 2018 is 
$400.1 million. The 2028 Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by our current and future domestic subsidiaries. 
The  2028  Notes  rank  equal  in  right  of  payment  with  our  senior  subordinated  notes  due  2027,  2026,  and  2025  and  with  any 
future subordinated debt, and they are subordinated to all of our senior debt and the senior debt of our subsidiary guarantors, 
including our Revolver. Interest is payable semiannually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, which commenced on 
September  15,  2018. We  paid  approximately  $7.5  million  of  fees  associated  with  the  issuance  of  the  2028  Notes,  which  are 
being amortized over the life of the 2028 Notes using the effective interest method. We used the net proceeds from this offering 
and cash on hand to repurchase the 2023 and 2024 Notes - see further discussion below. 

In July 2017, we completed an offering for €450.0 million ($509.5 million at issuance) aggregate principal amount of 3.375% 
senior subordinated notes due 2027 (the 2027 Notes). The carrying value of the 2027 Notes as of December 31, 2018 is $514.4 
million. The  2027  Notes  are  guaranteed  on  a  senior  subordinated basis  by  our  current  and  future  domestic  subsidiaries. The 
2027 Notes rank equal in right of payment with our senior subordinated notes due 2028, 2026, and 2025 and with any future 
subordinated debt, and they are subordinated to all of our senior debt and the senior debt of our subsidiary guarantors, including 
our Revolver. Interest is payable semiannually on January 15 and July 15 of each year, which commenced on January 15, 2018. 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
We paid approximately $8.8 million of fees associated with the issuance of the 2027 Notes, which are being amortized over the 
life of the 2027 Notes using the effective interest method. 

In  October  2016,  we  completed  an  offering  for  €200.0  million  ($222.2  million  at  issuance)  aggregate  principal  amount  of 
4.125% senior subordinated notes due 2026 (the 2026 Notes). The carrying value of the 2026 Notes as of December 31, 2018 is 
$228.6 million. The 2026 Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by our current and future domestic subsidiaries. 
The notes rank  equal  in right  of  payment  with our senior  subordinated  notes due 2028, 2027,  and  2025  and with any  future 
subordinated debt, and they are subordinated to all of our senior debt and the senior debt of our subsidiary guarantors, including 
our Revolver. Interest is payable semiannually on April 15 and October 15 of each year, which commenced on April 15, 2017. 
We paid approximately $3.9 million of fees associated with the issuance of the 2026 Notes, which are being amortized over the 
life of the 2026 Notes using the effective interest method. 

In September 2017, we completed an offering for €300.0 million ($357.2 million at issuance) aggregate principal amount of 
2.875% senior subordinated notes due 2025 (the 2025 Notes). The carrying value of the 2025 Notes as of December 31, 2018 is 
$342.9 million. The 2025 Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by our current and future domestic subsidiaries. 
The  2025  Notes  rank  equal  in  right  of  payment  with  our  senior  subordinated  notes  due  2028,  2027,  and  2026  and  with  any 
future subordinated debt, and they are subordinated to all of our senior debt and the senior debt of our subsidiary guarantors, 
including our Revolver. Interest is payable semiannually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, which commenced on 
March 15, 2018. We paid approximately $6.2 million of fees associated with the issuance of the 2025 Notes, which are being 
amortized over the life of the 2025 Notes using the effective interest method. 

We had outstanding $200 million aggregate principal amount of 5.25% senior subordinated notes due 2024 (the 2024 Notes). In 
March 2018, we repurchased $188.7 million of the 2024 Notes outstanding for cash consideration of $199.8 million, including 
a prepayment penalty and recognized a $13.8 million loss on debt extinguishment including the write-off of unamortized debt 
issuance costs. In April 2018, we repurchased the remaining 2024 Notes outstanding for cash consideration of $11.9 million, 
including  a  prepayment  penalty,  and  recognized  a  $0.8  million  loss  on  debt  extinguishment  including  the  write-off  of 
unamortized debt issuance costs. 

We had outstanding €200.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.5% senior subordinated notes due 2023 (the 2023 Notes). 
In March 2018, we repurchased €143.1 million of the €200.0 million 2023 Notes outstanding for cash consideration of €147.8 
million ($182.1 million), including a prepayment penalty and recognized a $6.2 million loss on debt extinguishment including 
the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs. In April 2018, we repurchased the remaining 2023 Notes outstanding for cash 
consideration  of  €58.5  million  ($71.6  million),  including  a  prepayment  penalty,  and  recognized  a  $2.2  million  loss  on  debt 
extinguishment including the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs. 

The  senior  subordinated  notes  due  2025,  2026,  2027  and  2028  are  redeemable  after  September 15,  2020,  October  15,  2021, 
July 15, 2022, and March 15, 2023, respectively, at the following redemption prices as a percentage of the face amount of the 
notes: 

2025 

Senior Subordinated Notes due 

2026 

2027 

2028 

Year 

  Percentage 

Year 

  Percentage

Year

Percentage

Year 

Percentage

2020 
2021 

2022 and 
thereafter 

101.438%   2021 
100.719%   2022 

100.000%   2023 

2024 and 
thereafter 

102.063% 2022
101.375% 2023 

100.688% 2024 

100.000%

2025 and 
thereafter

101.688%   2023 
101.125%   2024 

100.563%   2025 

100.000%  

2026 and 
thereafter 

101.9375%
101.2916%

100.6458%

100.0000%

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Fair Value of Long-Term Debt 

The fair value of our senior subordinated notes as of December 31, 2018 was approximately $1,485.0 million based on quoted 
prices  of  the  debt  instruments  in  inactive  markets  (Level  2  valuation).  This  amount  represents  the  fair  values  of  our  senior 
subordinated notes with a carrying value of $1,485.9 million as of December 31, 2018. 

Maturities 

Maturities on outstanding long-term debt and other borrowings during each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2018 
are as follows (in thousands): 

2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
Thereafter 

$

$

—
—
—
—
—
1,485,900
1,485,900

Note 14: Net Investment Hedge 

All of our euro denominated notes were issued by Belden Inc., a USD functional currency entity. As of December 31, 2018, all 
of our outstanding foreign denominated debt is designated as a net investment hedge on the foreign currency risk of our net 
investment in our euro foreign operations. The objective of the hedge is to protect the net investment in the foreign operations 
against  adverse  changes  in  the  euro  exchange  rate.  The  transaction  gain  or  loss  is  reported  in  the  cumulative  translation 
adjustment section of other comprehensive income. The amount of the cumulative translation adjustment associated with these 
notes at December 31, 2018 and 2017 was a gain of $87.5 million and a loss of $56.2 million, respectively. 

Note 15: Income Taxes 

Income (loss) before taxes: 

United States operations 
Foreign operations 

Income before taxes 
Income tax expense (benefit): 

Currently payable 

United States federal 
United States state and local 
Foreign 

Deferred 

United States federal 
United States state and local 
Foreign 

Income tax expense (benefit) 

2018

Years ended December 31,
2017
(In thousands) 

2016

126,385 $ 
93,945

220,330 $ 

2,177  $
97,171 
99,348  $

(25,615)
152,076
126,461

27,529 $ 

—  $

3,274
17,516
48,319

10,942
703
(345)
11,300
59,619 $ 

2,392 
28,201 
30,593 

(11,028)
(8,758)
(4,312)
(24,098)

6,495  $

2,981
(1,038)
26,906
28,849

(27,677)
(3,139)
782
(30,034)
(1,185)

$

$

$

$

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effective income tax rate reconciliation from continuing operations:

United States federal statutory rate 
State and local income taxes 
Impact of change in tax contingencies 
Foreign income tax rate differences 
Impact of change in deferred tax asset valuation allowance 
Impact of change in legal entity tax status 
Impact of non-taxable translation gain 
Impact of non-taxable interest income 
Domestic permanent differences and tax credits 
Impact of tax reform 

Years Ended December 31,
2017

2016

2018

21.0 %
1.7 %
(1.0)%
(1.8)%
2.0 %
— %
— %
— %
0.7 %
4.5 %
27.1 %

35.0 %
0.8 %
2.2 %
(13.1)%
1.5 %
— %
(27.3)%
(5.5)%
(15.7)%
28.6 %
6.5 %

35.0 %
(0.9)%
2.4 %
(14.0)%
(7.3)%
(5.5)%
— %
(4.9)%
(5.7)%
— %
(0.9)%

On December 22, 2017, the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act” (the “Act”) was signed into law, making significant changes to the U.S. 
Internal Revenue Code. Changes include, but are not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax 
years  beginning  after  December  31,  2017,  the  transition  of  U.S.  international  taxation  from  a  worldwide  tax  system  to  a 
territorial tax system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of 
December 31, 2017. In accordance with the Act, we recorded $28.4 million as an additional income tax expense in the fourth 
quarter of 2017,  the period  in  which  the  legislation  was enacted. The  total  income  tax  expense  included  a $36.0 million  tax 
benefit for the remeasurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities to the 21% rate at which they are expected to reverse, offset 
with  a  one-time  tax  expense  on  deemed  repatriation  of  $29.1  million  and  a  valuation  allowance  of  $35.3  million  recorded 
against foreign tax credit carryovers that we no longer expect to be able to realize based upon the new tax law. Additionally, 
Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  No.  118  (“SAB  118”)  was  issued  to  address  the  application  of  US  GAAP  in  situations  when  a 
registrant  does  not  have  the  necessary  information  available,  prepared,  or  analyzed  (including  computations)  in  reasonable 
detail  to  complete  the  accounting  for  certain  income  tax  effects  of  the  Act.  December  22,  2018  marked  the  end  of  the 
measurement period for purposes of SAB 118. As such, we have completed our analysis based on legislative updates relating to 
the Act currently available which resulted in an additional SAB 118 tax expense of $2.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2018 
and a total tax expense of $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The total tax provision expense included an 
$8.0 million tax expense associated with an increase to the valuation allowance against foreign tax credit carryovers that we no 
longer expect to be able to realize based upon the new tax law, a $1.3 million tax expense adjustment to the transition tax on the 
deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings, a $1.1 million tax expense resulting from a valuation allowance established 
on the deferred tax assets associated with stock options of covered employees, and a $0.4 million income tax benefit associated 
with an adjustment to the remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities. 

If  we  were  to  repatriate  foreign  cash  to  the  U.S.,  we  may  be  required  to  accrue  and  pay  U.S.  taxes  in  accordance  with 
applicable U.S. tax rules and regulations as a result of the repatriation. However, it is our practice and intention to reinvest the 
earnings of our non-U.S. subsidiaries in those operations. As a result, as of December 31, 2018, we have not made a provision 
for U.S. or additional foreign withholding taxes. 

Foreign tax rate differences resulted in an income tax benefit of $4.0 million, $13.0 million, and $17.7 million in 2018, 2017, 
and 2016, respectively. Additionally, in 2018 and 2017, our income tax expense was reduced by $3.0 million and $3.5 million, 
respectively, due to a tax holiday for our operations in St. Kitts. The tax holiday in St. Kitts is scheduled to expire in 2022. 

79 

 
 
 
 
Components of deferred income tax balances: 

Deferred income tax liabilities: 

Plant, equipment, and intangibles 

Deferred income tax assets: 

Postretirement, pensions, and stock compensation 
Reserves and accruals 
Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards 
Valuation allowances 

Net deferred income tax asset 

December 31,

2018

2017

(In thousands)

$ 

(114,413) $

(120,171)

30,896 
25,641 
164,823 
(90,872)
130,488 
16,075  $

28,736
29,297
228,815
(151,841)
135,007
14,836

$ 

The decrease in deferred income tax liabilities associated with plant, equipment and intangibles during 2018 is primarily due to 
the adoption of ASU 2016-16 in the first quarter of 2018 in which deferred tax assets associated with prior intercompany sales 
of intangible assets were recorded onto the Company’s balance sheet. The decrease in our net operating loss carryforwards and 
deferred tax valuation allowances is primarily due to the write-off of certain foreign net operating loss carryforwards and the 
corresponding valuation allowance associated with those foreign net operating losses. The Company has determined these net 
operating losses are not realizable as a result of a significant change in business operations that occurred in a prior year. 

As  of  December 31,  2018,  we  had  $537.3  million  of  gross  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  and  $71.0  million  of  tax  credit 
carryforwards. Unless otherwise utilized, net operating loss carryforwards will expire upon the filing of the tax returns for the 
following  respective  years:  $0.2  million  in  2018,  $8.0  million  in  2019,  $29.4  million  between  2020  and  2022,  and  $167.8 
million between 2023 and 2038. Net operating losses with an indefinite carryforward period total $331.9 million. Of the $537.3 
million in net operating loss carryforwards, we have determined, based on the weight of all available evidence, both positive 
and  negative,  that  we  will  utilize  $172.5  million  of  these  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  within  their  respective  expiration 
periods. A valuation allowance has been recorded on the remaining portion of the net operating loss carryforwards. 

Unless  otherwise  utilized,  tax  credit  carryforwards  of  $71.0  million  will  expire  as  follows:  $1.6  million  between  2020  and 
2022, $64.2 million between 2023 and 2038. Tax credit carryforwards with an indefinite carryforward period total $5.2 million. 
We  have  determined,  based  on  the  weight  of  all  available  evidence,  both  positive  and  negative,  that  we  will  utilize  $42.7 
million of these tax credit carryforwards within their respective expiration periods. A valuation allowance has been recorded on 
the remaining portion of the tax credit carryforwards. 

The following tables summarize our net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2018 by 
jurisdiction: 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Australia 
France 
Germany 
Japan 
Luxembourg 
Netherlands 
Other 
United Kingdom 
United States - Federal and various states 

Total 

United States 
Canada 

Total 

Net Operating Loss    
Carryforwards
(In thousands)

12,064
15,538
13,436
20,203
24,252
23,889
45,171
258,423
124,349
537,325

Tax Credit Carryforwards
(In thousands)

48,859
22,181

71,040

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

In 2018, we recognized a net $1.2 million decrease to reserves for uncertain tax positions. A reconciliation of the beginning and 
ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: 

Balance at beginning of year 
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year 
Additions for tax positions of prior years 
Reductions for tax positions of prior years - Settlement 
Reduction for tax positions of prior years - Statute of limitations 

Balance at end of year 

2018 

2017

(In thousands)
8,579  $
866 
1,292 
(1,689)
(1,631)
7,417  $

10,474
981
2,549
(5,425)
—
8,579

$ 

$ 

The  additions  for  tax  positions  of  prior  years  relates  to  transition  tax.  The  balance  of  $7.4  million  at  December 31,  2018, 
reflects tax positions that, if recognized, would impact our effective tax rate. 

As of December 31, 2018, we believe it is reasonably possible that $0.9 million of unrecognized tax benefits will change within 
the next twelve months primarily attributable to the expected completion of tax audits in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. 

Our practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in interest expense and operating expenses, 
respectively. During 2016, we recognized reductions of interest expense of $0.2 million related to uncertain tax positions. We 
do not have any material amounts accrued for the payment of interest and penalties as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. 

Our federal tax return for the tax years 2015 and later remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service. Belden 
reached agreement with the Internal Revenue Service for the 2013 and 2014 tax years in December 2018. Our state and foreign 
income tax returns for the tax years 2010 and later remain subject to examination by various state and foreign tax authorities. 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 16: Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits 

We sponsor defined benefit pension plans and defined contribution plans that cover substantially all employees in Canada, the 
Netherlands, the United Kingdom, the U.S., and certain employees in Germany and Japan. Our plans in the United Kingdom 
include SAM's defined contribution and defined benefit plans which we acquired during 2018 (see Note 4). The SAM defined 
benefit  plans  are  frozen  and  additional  benefits  are  not  being  earned  by  the  participants. We  closed  the  U.S.  defined  benefit 
pension plan to new entrants effective January 1, 2010. Employees who were not active participants in the U.S. defined benefit 
pension plan on December 31, 2009, are not eligible to participate in the plan. During 2017, we sold our MCS business and its 
associated pension liabilities. Annual contributions to retirement plans equal or exceed the minimum funding requirements of 
applicable  local  regulations.  The  assets  of  the  funded  pension  plans  we  sponsor  are  maintained  in  various  trusts  and  are 
invested primarily in equity and fixed income securities. 

Benefits provided to employees under defined contribution plans include cash contributions by the Company based on either 
hours worked by the employee or a percentage of the employee’s compensation. Defined contribution expense for 2018, 2017, 
and 2016 was $15.2 million, $13.9 million, and $13.5 million, respectively. 

We sponsor unfunded postretirement medical and life insurance benefit plans for certain of our employees in Canada and the 
U.S.  The  medical  benefit  portion  of  the  U.S.  plan  is  only  for  employees  who  retired  prior  to  1989  as  well  as  certain  other 
employees who were near retirement and elected to receive certain benefits. 

The following tables provide a reconciliation of the changes in the plans’ benefit obligations and fair value of assets as well as a 
statement of the funded status and balance sheet reporting for these plans. 

Years Ended December 31, 

Change in benefit obligation: 

Benefit obligation, beginning of year 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Participant contributions 
Actuarial gain (loss) 
Divestitures (acquisitions) 
Settlements 
Plan amendments 
Foreign currency exchange rate changes 
Benefits paid 

Benefit obligation, end of year 

Pension Benefits

2018

2017

Other Benefits

2018 

2017

(In thousands) 

$

$

(272,025) $
(4,705)
(11,690)
(85)
15,032
(185,692)
7,437
(2,822)
23,454
12,849
(418,247) $

(256,481) $ 
(4,978)
(7,671)
(91)
(3,291)
794
49
—
(14,299)
13,943
(272,025) $ 

(30,333) $
(47)
(945)
(6)
1,681 
— 
— 
— 
2,020 
1,487 
(26,143) $

(32,038)
(49)
(1,139)
(7)
3,370
—
—
—
(2,022)
1,552
(30,333)

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31, 

Change in plan assets: 

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year 
Actual return on plan assets 
Employer contributions 
Plan participant contributions 
Acquisitions 
Settlements 
Foreign currency exchange rate changes 
Benefits paid 

Fair value of plan assets, end of year 

Funded status, end of year 
Amounts recognized in the balance sheets: 

Prepaid benefit cost 
Accrued benefit liability (current) 
Accrued benefit liability (noncurrent) 

Net funded status 

Pension Benefits

2018

2017

Other Benefits

2018 

2017

(In thousands) 

$

$

$

$

$

198,156 $
(8,364)
5,397
85
153,919
(7,054)
(17,616)
(12,849)

182,370 $ 
18,746
4,425
91
—
—
6,467
(13,943)

311,674 $

198,156 $ 

—  $
— 
1,481 
6 
— 
— 
— 
(1,487)

—  $

—
—
1,545
7
—
—
—
(1,552)

—

(106,573) $

(73,869) $ 

(26,143) $

(30,333)

4,801 $
(3,320)
(108,054)

3,174 $ 
(3,736)
(73,307)

—  $

(1,405)
(24,738)

(106,573) $

(73,869) $ 

(26,143) $

—
(1,555)
(28,778)

(30,333)

The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  for  all  defined  benefit  pension  plans  was  $412.4  million  and  $269.2  million  at 
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

The  projected  benefit  obligation,  accumulated  benefit  obligation,  and  fair  value  of  plan  assets  for  the  pension  plans  with  a 
projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets were $368.5 million, $362.6 million,  and $257.1 million, respectively, as 
of December 31, 2018 and were $215.6 million, $212.7 million, and $138.5 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2017. 

The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  and  fair  value  of  plan  assets  for  other  postretirement  benefit  plans  with  an  accumulated 
benefit obligation in excess of plan assets were $26.1 million and $0.0 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2018 and were 
$30.3 million and $0.0 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2017. 

The following table provides the components of net periodic benefit costs for the plans. 

Years Ended December 31, 

2018

2017

2016

2018

2017 

2016

Pension Benefits 

Other Benefits 

(In thousands) 

Components of net periodic benefit 

Service cost 
Interest cost 
Expected return on plan assets 
Amortization of prior service 
Curtailment gain 
Settlement loss (gain) 
Net loss (gain) recognition 

$ 

4,705 $

4,978 $

4,981 $

11,690

(16,391)

(42)

—

1,342

2,810

7,671

8,909

(10,644)

(12,013)

(41)

—

(8)

2,597

(42)

(227)

7,630

2,670

Net periodic benefit cost 

$ 

4,114 $

4,553 $

11,908 $

47   $ 
945   
—   
—   
—   
—   
(12 )  
980   $ 

49 $

1,139

46

1,259

—

—

—

—

—

—

(42)

—

—

86

1,188 $

1,349

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
We  recorded  settlement  losses  totaling  $1.3  million  and  $7.6  million  during  2018  and  2016,  respectively.  These  settlement 
losses  were  the  result  of  lump-sum  payments  to  participants  that  exceeded  the  sum  of  the  pension  plan's  respective  annual 
service cost and interest cost amounts. 

The  following  table  presents  the  assumptions  used  in  determining  the  benefit  obligations  and  the  net  periodic  benefit  cost 
amounts. 

Years Ended December 31, 
Weighted average assumptions for benefit obligations at 
year end: 

Discount rate 
Salary increase 
Cash balance interest credit rate 

Weighted average assumptions for net periodic cost for the 
year: 

Discount rate 
Salary increase 
Cash balance interest credit rate 
Expected return on assets 

Assumed health care cost trend rates: 

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year 
Rate that the cost trend rate gradually declines to 
Year that the rate reaches the rate it is assumed to 
remain at 

Pension Benefits

Other Benefits

2018

2017

2018 

2017

3.1%
3.6%
4.7%

2.8%
3.6%
4.7%
5.5%

N/A
N/A

N/A

2.8%
3.6%
4.7%

3.1%
3.6%
4.7%
6.0%

N/A
N/A

N/A

3.7 % 
N/A  
N/A  

3.3 % 
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  

5.8 % 
5.0 % 

3.3%
N/A
N/A

3.7%
N/A
N/A
N/A

6.2%
5.0%

2025  

2024

Plan assets are invested using a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equity securities and fixed income securities 
are used to preserve asset values, diversify risk, and achieve our target investment return benchmark. Investment strategies and 
asset  allocations  are  based  on  consideration  of  the  plan  liabilities,  the  plan’s  funded  status,  and  our  financial  condition. 
Investment performance and asset allocation are measured and monitored on an ongoing basis. 

Plan  assets  are  managed  in  a  balanced  portfolio  comprised  of  two  major  components:  an  asset  growth  portion  and  an  asset 
protection portion. The expected role of asset growth investments is to maximize the long-term real growth of assets, while the 
role of asset protection investments is to generate current income, provide for more stable periodic returns, and provide some 
protection against a permanent loss of capital. 

Absent regulatory or statutory limitations, the target asset allocation for the investment of the assets for our ongoing pension 
plans is 30-40% in asset protection investments and 60-70% in asset growth investments and for our pension plans where the 
majority of the participants are in payment or terminated vested status is 55-90% in asset protection investments and 10-45% in 
asset  growth  investments.  Asset  growth  investments  include  a  diversified  mix  of  U.S.  and  international  equity,  primarily 
invested through investment funds. Asset protection investments include government securities and investment grade corporate 
bonds, primarily invested through investment funds and group insurance contracts. We develop our expected long-term rate of 
return assumptions based on the historical rates of returns for securities and instruments of the type in which our plans invest. 

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects the average rate of earnings expected on the invested assets and 
future assets to be invested to provide for the benefits included in the projected benefit obligation. We use historic plan asset 
returns combined with current market conditions to estimate the rate of return. The expected rate of return on plan assets is a 
long-term assumption based on an analysis of historical and forward looking returns considering the plan’s actual and target 
asset mix. 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
The following table presents the fair values of the pension plan assets by asset category. 

December 31, 2018 

December 31, 2017 

Quoted   
Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1) 

Fair Market 
Value at 
December 
31, 2018 

Significant 
Observable
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Fair Market 
Value at 
December 
31, 2017 

Quoted   
Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

(In thousands)

(In thousands) 

Asset Category: 

Equity securities(a) 

U.S. equities fund  $ 
Non-U.S. equities 
fund 

Debt securities(b) 

Government bond 
fund 
Corporate bond 
fund 

Fixed income 
fund(c) 
Other 
investments(d) 
Cash & equivalents 

Total 

$ 

96,417   $ 

1,465    $

47,274 

5,755

— $

—

— $

95,425 $

—   $ 

— $

66,439 

39,366 

41,167 

—

—

—

17,274 
3,737   
311,674   $ 

—
301   
7,521    $

1,253

7,116

39,340

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

11,571

28,429

24,421

38,072

—

238

—

—

—

—

—
238  
238   $ 

—

—

—

38,072

—

—

38,072 $

47,709 $

— $

198,156 $

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(a)  This category includes investments in actively managed and indexed investment funds that invest in a diversified pool 
of  equity  securities  of  companies  located  in  the  U.S.,  Canada,  Western  Europe  and  other  developed  countries 
throughout the world. The funds are valued using the net asset value method in which an average of the market prices 
for the underlying investments is used to value the fund. Equity securities held in separate accounts are valued based on 
observable  quoted  prices  on  active  exchanges.  Funds  which  are  valued  using  the  net  asset  value  method  are  not 
included in the fair value hierarchy. 

(b)  This  category  includes  investments  in  investment  funds  that  invest  in  U.S.  treasuries;  other  national,  state  and  local 
government  bonds;  and  corporate  bonds  of  highly  rated  companies  from  diversified  industries. The  funds  are  valued 
using  the  net  asset  value  method  in  which  an  average  of the  market  prices  for  the  underlying  investments  is  used  to 
value the fund. Funds valued using the net asset value method are not included in the fair value hierarchy. 

(c)  This category includes guaranteed insurance contracts and annuity policies. 
(d)  This category includes investments in hedge funds that pursue multiple strategies in order to provide diversification and 
balance risk/return objectives, real estate funds, and private equity funds. Funds valued using the net asset method are 
not included in the fair value hierarchy. 

The plans do not invest in individual securities. All investments are through well diversified investment funds. As a result, there 
are no significant concentrations of risk within the plan assets. 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table reflects the benefits as of December 31, 2018 expected to be paid in each of the next five years and in the 
aggregate for the five years thereafter from our pension and other postretirement plans. Because our other postretirement plans 
are unfunded, the anticipated benefits with respect to these plans will come from our own assets. Because our pension plans are 
primarily funded plans, the anticipated benefits with respect to these plans will come primarily from the trusts established for 
these plans. 

2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024-2028 

Total 

Pension 
Plans 

Other 
Plans 

(In thousands)
21,667    $ 
22,965   
22,199   
23,157   
22,081   
111,338   
223,407    $ 

1,432
1,436
1,438
1,438
1,432
7,196

14,372

$

$

We  anticipate  contributing  $6.3  million  and  $1.4  million  to  our  pension  and  other  postretirement  plans,  respectively,  during 
2019. 

The pre-tax amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss that have not yet been recognized as components of net periodic 
benefit cost at December 31, 2018 and the changes in these amounts during the year ended December 31, 2018 are as follows. 

Components of accumulated other comprehensive loss: 

Net actuarial loss (gain) 
Net prior service cost 

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss: 
Net actuarial loss (gain), beginning of year 
Amortization of actuarial gain (loss) 
Actuarial gain 
Asset loss 
Settlement loss recognized 
Currency impact 

Net actuarial loss (gain), end of year 

Prior service cost, beginning of year 
Amortization of prior service credit 
Prior service cost occurring during the year 
Currency impact 

Prior service cost, end of year 

86 

Pension 
Benefits 

Other 
Benefits 

(In thousands)

48,466  $
2,734 
51,200  $

(3,047)
—

(3,047)

Pension 
Benefits 

Other 
Benefits 

(In thousands)

44,359  $
(2,810)
(15,032)
24,755 
(1,342)
(1,464)
48,466  $
11  $
42 
2,822 
(141)
2,734  $

(1,545)
12
(1,681)
—
—
167

(3,047)

—
—
—
—

—

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 17: Comprehensive Income and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

The accumulated balances related to each component of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, are as follows: 

Foreign Currency 
Translation 
Component 

Pension and Other 
Postretirement 
Benefit Plans 

(In thousands) 

Accumulated 
Other      

Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 

Balance at December 31, 2016 

$

(4,661) $

(34,406)   $ 

Other comprehensive gain (loss) loss attributable   
to Belden before reclassifications 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 
comprehensive loss 
Net current period other comprehensive gain (loss) 
attributable to Belden 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

Other comprehensive gain (loss) attributable to 
Belden before reclassifications 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 
comprehensive income 
Net current period other comprehensive gain (loss) 
attributable to Belden 

Balance at December 31, 2018 

$

(65,030)

—

(65,030)

(69,691)

27,809

—

4,504

1,567

6,071

(28,335)  

(7,813)  

3,123

27,809

(41,882) $

(4,690)  

(33,025)   $ 

(39,067)

(60,526)

1,567

(58,959)

(98,026)

19,996

3,123

23,119

(74,907)

The following table summarizes the effects of reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss): 

Amortization of pension and other postretirement benefit plan items: 

Settlement loss 
Actuarial losses 
Prior service credit 

Total before tax 
Tax benefit 
Total net of tax 

Amount Reclassified from 
Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive Income 

(In thousands)

Affected Line Item in the 
Consolidated Statements 
of Operations and 
Comprehensive Income 

$

$

1,342   
2,798   
(42)  
4,098     
(975)    
3,123     

(1)
(1)
(1)

(1)  The amortization of these accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) components are included in the computation 

of net periodic benefit costs (see Note 16). 

Note 18: Share-Based Compensation 

Compensation cost charged against income, primarily selling, general and administrative expense, and the income tax benefit 
recognized for our share-based compensation arrangements is included below: 

Total share-based compensation cost 
Income tax benefit 

87 

Years Ended December 31, 

2018 

2017 

2016 

(In thousands) 

$

18,497 $ 

4,402

14,647  $
5,566 

18,178
7,069

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
We  currently  have  outstanding  stock  appreciation  rights  (SARs),  restricted  stock  units  with  service  vesting  conditions, 
restricted stock units with performance vesting conditions, and restricted stock units with market conditions. We grant SARs 
with  an  exercise  price  equal  to  the  closing  market  price  of  our  common  stock  on  the  grant  date.  Generally,  SARs  may  be 
converted into shares of our common stock in equal amounts on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date and expire 
10  years  from  the  grant  date.  Certain  awards  provide  for  accelerated  vesting  in  certain  circumstances,  including  following  a 
change in control of the Company. Restricted stock units with service conditions generally vest 3-5 years from the grant date. 
Restricted  stock  units  issued  based  on  the  attainment  of  the  performance  conditions  generally  vest  on  the  second  or  third 
anniversary of their grant date. Restricted stock units issued based on the attainment of market conditions generally vest on the 
third anniversary of their grant date. 

We recognize compensation cost for all awards based on their fair values. The fair values for SARs are estimated on the grant 
date using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing formula which incorporates the assumptions noted in the following table. 
Expected volatility is based on historical volatility, and expected term is based on historical exercise patterns of SAR holders. 
The fair value of restricted stock units with service vesting conditions or performance vesting conditions is the closing market 
price  of  our  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant.  We  estimate  the  fair  value  of  certain  restricted  stock  units  with  market 
conditions using a Monte Carlo simulation valuation model with the assistance of a third party valuation firm. Compensation 
costs  for  awards  with  service  conditions  are  amortized  to  expense  using  the  straight-line  method.  Compensation  costs  for 
awards with performance conditions and graded vesting are amortized to expense using the graded attribution method. 

Years Ended December 31, 

2018 

2017 

2016 

(In thousands, except weighted average fair 
value and assumptions)
$

$ 

$

Weighted-average fair value of SARs and options granted 
Total intrinsic value of SARs converted and options exercised 
Tax benefit related to share-based compensation 
Weighted-average fair value of restricted stock shares and units granted 
Total fair value of restricted stock shares and units vested 
Expected volatility 
Expected term (in years) 
Risk-free rate 
Dividend yield 

25.19 
2,263 
113 
72.54 
5,740 
33.16%
5.6
2.70%
0.27%

27.31 
7,156 
967 
79.96 
10,355 
36.89%
5.6 
2.01%
0.27%

18.79 
9,678 
1,171 
54.52 
8,171 
37.47%
5.7
1.32%
0.38%

SARs and Stock Options 

  Restricted Shares and Units 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Number   

Weighted- 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value 

  Number 

Weighted- 
Average 
Grant-Date 
Fair Value 

(In thousands, except exercise prices, fair values, and contractual terms) 

Outstanding at January 1, 2018 

Granted 

Exercised or converted 

Forfeited or expired 

Outstanding at December 31, 2018 

Vested or expected to vest at 
December 31, 2018 
Exercisable or convertible at 
December 31, 2018 

1,132   $ 
265  
(62)  
(46)  
1,289   $ 

1,237

  $ 

801

62.75

72.34

36.70

73.76

65.58

65.33

62.88

496  $
338 
(71)

(136)
627  $

78.03

72.54

81.48

91.97

71.66

6.6 $

6.5 $

5.4

—  

—

—

At December 31, 2018, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to all nonvested awards was $27.8 million. That cost 
is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.1 years. 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
Historically, we have issued treasury shares, if available, to satisfy award conversions and exercises. 

Note 19: Preferred Stock 

On  July 26,  2016,  we  issued  5.2  million  depositary  shares,  each  of  which  represents  1/100th  interest  in  a  share  of  6.75% 
Series B  Mandatory  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  (the  Preferred  Stock),  for  an  offering  price  of  $100  per  depositary  share. 
Holders  of  the  Preferred  Stock  may  elect  to  convert  their  shares  into  common  stock  at  any  time  prior  to  the  mandatory 
conversion date. Unless earlier converted, each share of Preferred Stock will automatically convert into common stock on or 
around  July 15,  2019  into  between  120.46  and  132.50  shares  of  Belden  common  stock,  subject  to  customary  anti-dilution 
adjustments. This represents a range of 6.2 million to 6.9 million shares of Belden common stock to be issued upon conversion. 
The  number  of  shares  of  Belden  common  stock  issuable  upon  the  mandatory  conversion  of  the  Preferred  Stock  will  be 
determined based upon the volume-weighted average price of Belden’s common stock over the 20 day trading period beginning 
on,  and  including,  the  22nd  scheduled  trading  day  prior  to  July 15,  2019.  The  net  proceeds  from  this  offering  were 
approximately  $501  million.  The  net  proceeds  are  for  general  corporate  purposes.  With  respect  to  dividend  and  liquidation 
rights, the Preferred Stock ranks senior to our common stock and junior to all of our existing and future indebtedness. 

Note 20: Stockholder Rights Plan 

On March 27, 2018, our Board of Directors authorized the redemption of all outstanding preferred share purchase rights issued 
pursuant  to  the  then  existing  Rights  Agreement.  Under  the  former  Rights  Agreement,  one  right  was  attached  to  each 
outstanding  share  of  common  stock. The  rights  were  redeemed  at  a  redemption  price  of  $0.01  per  right,  resulting  in  a  total 
payment of $0.4 million to the holders of the rights as of the close of business on March 27, 2018. 

Note 21: Share Repurchases 

On May 25, 2017, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program, which allowed us to purchase up to $200.0 
million  of  our  common  stock  through  open  market  repurchases,  negotiated  transactions,  or  other  means,  in  accordance  with 
applicable securities laws and other restrictions. This program was funded with cash on hand and cash flows from operating 
activities. During 2018, we repurchased 2.7 million shares of our common stock under the program for an aggregate cost of 
$175.0 million and an average price per share of $64.94. During 2017, we repurchased 0.3 million shares of our common stock 
under the program for an aggregate cost of $25.0 million and an average price per share of $79.75. We have utilized all of the 
$200.0 million authorized under this share repurchase program. 

On  November  29,  2018,  our  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  share  repurchase  program,  which  allows  us  to  purchase  up  to 
$300.0 million of our common stock through open market repurchases, negotiated transactions, or other means, in accordance 
with  applicable  securities  laws  and  other  restrictions.  During  2018,  we  did  not  repurchase  any  shares  of  our  common  stock 
under this program. 

Note 22: Operating Leases 

Operating lease expense incurred primarily for manufacturing and office space, machinery, and equipment was $31.7 million, 
$38.6 million, and $40.3 million in 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Minimum  annual  lease  payments  for  noncancelable  operating  leases  in  effect  at  December 31,  2018  are  as  follows  (in 
thousands): 

2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
Thereafter 

$ 

$ 

19,877
17,531
14,776
12,317
7,654
28,771
100,926

Certain of our operating leases include step rent provisions and rent escalations. We include these step rent provisions and rent 
escalations in our minimum lease payments obligations and recognize them as a component of rental expense on a straight-line 
basis over the minimum lease term. 

Note 23: Market Concentrations and Risks 

Concentrations of Credit 

We  sell  our  products  to  many  customers  in  several  markets  across  multiple  geographic  areas.  The  ten  largest  customers,  of 
which  six  are  distributors,  constitute  in  aggregate  approximately  34%,  35%,  and  33%  of  revenues  in  2018,  2017,  and  2016, 
respectively. 

Unconditional Commodity Purchase Obligations 

At December 31, 2018, we were committed to purchase approximately 1.8 million pounds of copper at an aggregate fixed cost 
of $5.0 million. At December 31, 2018, this fixed cost was $0.2 million more than the market cost that would be incurred on a 
spot  purchase  of  the  same  amount  of  copper.  The  aggregate  market  cost  was  based  on  the  current  market  price  of  copper 
obtained from the New York Mercantile Exchange. 

Labor 

Approximately 21% of our labor force is covered by collective bargaining agreements at various locations around the world. 
Approximately  15%  of  our  labor  force  is  covered  by  collective  bargaining  agreements  that  we  expect  to  renegotiate  during 
2019. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

Our  financial  instruments  consist  primarily  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  trade  receivables,  trade  payables,  and  debt 
instruments. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, and trade payables at December 31, 2018 
are considered representative of their respective fair values. The fair value of our senior subordinated notes at December 31, 
2018  and  2017  was  approximately  $1,485.0  million  and  $1,619.3  million,  respectively,  based  on  quoted  prices  of  the  debt 
instruments  in  inactive  markets  (Level  2  valuation). This  amount  represents  the  fair  values  of  our  senior  subordinated  notes 
with a carrying value of $1,485.9 million and $1,584.2 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Note 24: Contingent Liabilities 

General 

Various claims are asserted against us in the ordinary course of business including those pertaining to income tax examinations, 
product liability, customer, employment, vendor, and patent matters. Based on facts currently available, management believes 
that the disposition of the claims that are pending or asserted will not have a materially adverse effect on our financial position, 
operating results, or cash flow. 

90 

 
 
 
 
Letters of Credit, Guarantees and Bonds 

At  December 31,  2018,  we  were  party  to  unused  standby  letters  of  credit,  bank  guarantees,  and  surety  bonds  totaling  $7.5 
million, $3.9 million, and $2.4 million, respectively. These commitments are generally issued to secure obligations we have for 
a variety of commercial reasons, such as workers compensation self-insurance programs in several states and the importation 
and exportation of product. 

Note 25: Supplemental Cash Flow Information 

Supplemental cash flow information is as follows: 

Income tax refunds received 
Income taxes paid 
Interest paid 

2016

3,838
(26,587)
(87,076)

2018

Years Ended December 31,
2017 
(In thousands) 

$

4,782 $ 

5,031  $

(54,109)
(48,519)

(35,893)
(79,047)

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 26: Quarterly Operating Results (Unaudited) 

2018 

1st

2nd

3rd
(In thousands, except days and per share amounts)

4th 

Year

$

Number of days in quarter 
Revenues 
Gross profit 
Operating income 
Net income 
Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest 
Net income attributable to Belden 
Less: Preferred stock dividends 
Net income (loss) attributable to Belden common 
stockholders 

Basic income (loss) per share attributable to Belden 
common stockholders: 

$

Diluted income (loss) per share attributable to Belden 
stockholders: 

$

91

91

605,565 $
230,594
44,203
2,570
(48)
2,618
8,733

668,639 $
257,596
56,506
28,792
(77)
28,869
8,733

91  

655,774    $ 
260,857    
131,278    
85,858    
(23 )  
85,881    
8,732    

92

365
655,390 $ 2,585,368
1,008,412
259,365
305,221
73,234
160,711
43,491
(183)
(35)
160,894
43,526
34,931
8,733

(6,115)

20,136

77,149 

34,793

125,963

(0.15) $

0.49 $

1.90

  $ 

0.87 $

3.10

(0.15) $

0.49 $

1.80

  $ 

0.87 $

3.08

Included  in  the  first,  second,  third,  and  fourth  quarters  of  2018  are  severance,  restructuring,  and  integration  costs  of  $20.4 
million, $24.9 million, $11.7 million, and $11.6 million, respectively. 

2017 

1st

2nd

3rd
(In thousands, except days and per share amounts)

4th 

Year

$

Number of days in quarter 
Revenues 
Gross profit 
Operating income 
Net Income 
Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest 
Net income attributable to Belden 
Less:  Preferred stock dividends 
Net income (loss) attributable to Belden common 
stockholders 

Basic income (loss) per share attributable to Belden 
common stockholders: 

$

Diluted income (loss) per share attributable to Belden 
common stockholders: 

$

92

91

551,381 $
222,374
51,597
25,581
(106)
25,687
8,733

610,633 $
243,104
62,776
35,891
(86)
35,977
8,733

91  

621,745    $ 
239,849    
61,116    
945    
(82 )  
1,027    
8,732    

91

365
604,884 $ 2,388,643
934,753
229,426
235,404
59,915
92,853
30,436
(357)
(83)
93,210
30,519
34,931
8,733

16,954

27,244

(7,705 )   

21,786

58,279

0.40 $

0.64 $

(0.18)   $ 

0.52 $

1.38

0.40 $

0.64 $

(0.18)   $ 

0.51 $

1.37

During the financial closing process for the fourth quarter of 2017, we determined that certain consolidated financial statement 
amounts were not recorded correctly in prior interim periods of 2017. We evaluated these errors and concluded that they were 
not material to any of our previously issued interim financial statements and did not require restatement of the quarters. The 
errors  primarily  related  to  recognizing  revenue  prior  to  satisfying  all  of  the  delivery  criteria  in  one  business  within  our 
Enterprise segment. The impact of the errors in the first, second, and third quarters of 2017 was an overstatement of revenues of 
$6.1 million, $10.4 million, and $11.8 million, respectively, and an overstatement of net income of $3.0 million, $1.3 million, 
and  $2.6  million,  respectively. The  impact  of  the  errors  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017  was  an  understatement  of  revenues  of 
$27.8 million and an understatement of net income of $5.2 million. All of the errors were corrected as of December 31, 2017. 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Included  in  the  first,  second,  third,  and  fourth  quarters  of  2017  are  severance,  restructuring,  and  integration  costs  of  $6.6 
million, $9.6 million, $16.7 million, and $9.9 million, respectively. 

Note 27: Subsequent Events 

We signed a settlement agreement with the sellers ("Claimant") of SAM on January 30, 2019 for claims arising over the timing 
of the earnout consideration outlined in the purchase agreement. As part of the settlement, the parties agreed that the earnout 
consideration would be payable during the first quarter 2020, unless earlier payment is required as per the terms of the purchase 
agreement, and Belden would immediately pay the Claimant $0.9 million for interest and fees incurred, which we recognized in 
selling, general, and administrative expenses in our 2018 financial statements. 

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None. 

Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

In  accordance  with  Securities  Exchange Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e),  our  management,  under  the  supervision  of  our 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation 
of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  As 
permitted,  that  evaluation  excluded  the  business  operations  of  SAM  which  was  acquired  in  2018.  The  acquired  business 
operations excluded from our evaluation constituted approximately 5% of our total assets as of December 31, 2018, and 5% 
and (-9%) of our revenues and operating income, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. The operations of the 
acquired  business  will  be  included  in  our  2019  evaluation.  Based  on  that  evaluation,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief 
Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2018. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

•  

Management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  for  the 
Company.  Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  promulgated  under  the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal 
executive and principal financial officers and effected by the company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to 
provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that: 
Pertain  to  the maintenance of  records that  in  reasonable  detail  accurately  and fairly  reflect  the  transactions 
and dispositions of the assets of the company; 
Provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of 
the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company; and 
Provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

•  

•  

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements. 
Projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because 
of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance 
and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting can 
also be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material 

93 

 
 
 
 
misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these 
inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process 
safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk. 

The  Company’s  management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31,  2018.  In  making  this  assessment,  the  Company’s  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. 

Based  on  that  assessment,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer concluded  as  of  December  31,  2018,  the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective. 

Our  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2018  have  been  audited  by  Ernst  &  Young  LLP,  an 
independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report that follows. 

In 2017, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our internal controls over financial reporting 
were  not  effective  as  of  December  31,  2017.  Within  our  Grass  Valley  business  unit,  headquartered  in  Montreal,  Quebec, 
Canada,  we  did  not  maintain  internal  controls  that  were  sufficiently  designed  and  operating  effectively  to  ensure  that  all 
revenue recognition criteria were satisfied prior to the recognition of revenue. Prior to issuing the fourth quarter and full year 
2017  consolidated  financial  statements,  we  determined  that  this  control  deficiency  led  to  the  inappropriate  recognition  of 
revenue  including  certain  transactions  in  which  Grass  Valley  recognized  revenue  for  products  upon  shipment  to  third  party 
logistics providers rather than ultimate shipment to the customer-specified final destination. This control deficiency created a 
reasonable possibility that a material misstatement to the consolidated financial statements would not be prevented or detected 
on a timely basis and, therefore, we concluded that the deficiency represented a material weakness in the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. 

Remediation of the Material Weakness in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

The Company implemented changes in order to remediate the identified material weakness which included the following: (1)  
enhanced and revised the revenue recognition review control to ensure that it is designed to provide assurance that revenues are 
recognized at the appropriate time and under the appropriate circumstances, (2) provided additional training to key members of 
our  accounting  and  finance  teams  across  all  of  our  segments  to  ensure  revenue  recognition  criteria  is  fully  understood 
Company-wide,  (3)  provided  further  Company-wide  revenue  recognition  training  to  appropriate  accounting,  finance  and 
operations personnel to ensure compliance with the revenue recognition criteria under the new ASC 606 revenue standard that 
we  adopted  on  January  1,  2018,  and  (4)  re-evaluated  and  changed  the  structure  of  Grass  Valley’s  accounting  and  finance 
organization  to  confirm  the  presence  of  the  technical  knowledge  required  for  each  position.  The  material  weakness  is 
remediated  as  the  applicable  controls  have  been  designed  appropriately  and  have  operated  for  a  sufficient  period  of  time. 
Management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are operating effectively. 

Changes to Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Other than the remediation actions described above, there were no changes to our internal control over financial reporting that 
occurred  during  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2018  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to  materially 
affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Belden Inc. 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We  have  audited  Belden  Inc.’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2018,  based  on  criteria  established  in 
Internal  Control-  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  2013 
framework  (the  COSO  criteria).  In  our  opinion,  Belden  Inc.  (the  Company)  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on the COSO criteria. 

As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of 
and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of Snell Advanced 
Media,  which  is  included  in  the  2018  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  and  constituted  5%  of  total  assets  as  of 
December 31, 2018 and 5% and (-9%) of revenues and operating income, respectively, for the year then ended. Our audit of internal 
control over financial reporting of the Company also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of 
Snell Advanced Media. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States) 
(PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of Belden Inc. as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements 
of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 
31, 2018, and the related notes and the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) and our report dated February 20, 
2019 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of 
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control 
over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based 
on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the 
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material 
respects. 

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists,  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk,  and  performing 
such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our 
opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements. 

95 

 
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 
St. Louis, Missouri 
February 20, 2019 

96 

 
 
 
 
Item 9B.   Other Information 

None. 

PART III 

Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Information regarding directors is incorporated herein by reference to “Item I-Election of Ten Directors,” as described in the 
Proxy Statement. Information regarding executive officers is set forth in Part I herein under the heading “Executive Officers.” 
The  additional  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  “Corporate  Governance”  (opening 
paragraph and table), “Corporate Governance-Audit Committee,” “Ownership Information-Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership 
Reporting  Compliance,”  “Corporate  Governance-Corporate  Governance  Documents”  and  “Other  Matters-Stockholder 
Proposals for the 2019 Annual Meeting,” as described in the Proxy Statement. 

Item 11.   Executive Compensation 

Incorporated herein by reference to “Executive Compensation,” “Corporate Governance-Director Compensation,” “Corporate 
Governance-Related  Party  Transactions  and  Compensation  Committee  Interlocks”  and  “Corporate  Governance-Board 
Leadership Structure and Role in Risk Oversight” as described in the Proxy Statement. 

Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters 

Incorporated herein by reference to “Ownership Information-Equity Compensation Plan Information on December 31, 2018” 
and  “Ownership  Information-Stock  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management”  as  described  in  the  Proxy 
Statement. 

Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  “Corporate  Governance-Related  Party  Transactions  and  Compensation  Committee 
Interlocks” and “Corporate Governance” (paragraph following the table) as described in the Proxy Statement. 

Item 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Incorporated herein by reference to “Public Accounting Firm Information-Fees to Independent Registered Public Accountants 
for 2018 and 2017” and “Public Accounting Firm Information-Audit Committee’s Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures” as 
described in the Proxy Statement. 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)  Documents filed as part of this Report: 

1. 

Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for Each of the Three Years in the Period Ended December 31, 2018 

Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  for  Each  of  the  Three  Years  in  the  Period  Ended 
December 31, 2018 

Consolidated Cash Flow Statements for Each of the Three Years in the Period Ended December 31, 2018 

Consolidated Stockholders’ Equity Statements for Each of the Three Years in the Period Ended December 31, 
2018 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

2. 

Financial Statement Schedule 

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

Beginning 
Balance 

Charged to 
Costs and 
Expenses

Divestitures/
Acquisitions 

Charge 
Offs 

Recoveries 

Currency 
Movement 

Ending 
Balance 

(In thousands)

Accounts Receivable— 

Allowance for Doubtful 
Accounts: 

2018 

2017 

2016 

Inventories— 

Excess and Obsolete 
Allowances: 

2018 

2017 

2016 

Deferred Income Tax Asset— 

Valuation Allowance: 

2018 

2017 

2016 

$ 

$ 

$ 

7,766   $ 
8,104  
8,281  

1,273 $

1,168 $

(1,389) $

950

2,517

38

(1)

(905)

(1,336)

(293)   $ 
(995)  
(1,046)  

(294) $

574

(311)

8,231

7,766

8,104

25,269   $ 
24,561  
22,531  

3,659 $

6,204 $

(3,328) $

2,348

3,921

2,628

(706)

(3,219)

—

(2,709)   $ 
(2,205)  
(1,142)  

(199) $

1,156

(43)

28,896

25,269

24,561

151,841   $ 
104,771  
117,071  

20,274 $

33,870 $

(93,432) $

39,307

10,782

—

616

(3,322)

(8,074)

(17,930)   $ 
(1,712)  
(10,526)  

(3,751) $

90,872

12,797

(5,098)

151,841

104,771

All other financial statement schedules not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are omitted because they 

are not applicable. 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
3. 

Exhibits 

The following exhibits are filed herewith or incorporated herein by reference, as indicated. Documents indicated by an asterisk 
(*) identify each management contract or compensatory plan. 

Exhibit 
Number 

Description of Exhibit 

The filings referenced for incorporation by 
reference are Company (Belden Inc.) filings unless 
noted to be those of Belden 1993 Inc.

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

4.4 

4.5 

4.6 

10.1 

10.2* 

10.3* 

10.4* 

10.5* 

10.6* 

10.7* 

10.8* 

10.9* 

10.10* 

Certificate of Incorporation, as amended

February 29, 2008 Form 10-K, Exhibit 3.1

Certificate of Designations of 6.75% Series B 
Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock of Belden 
Inc.

July 26, 2016 Form 8-K, Exhibit 3.1

Amended and Restated Bylaws

May 31, 2016 Form 8-K, Exhibit 3.1

Deposit Agreement dated July 26, 2016, by and 
among Belden Inc., American Stock Transfer & 
Trust Company, LLC, and The Holders of the 
Depositary Receipts Described Therein

Indenture relating to 4.125% Senior Subordinated 
Notes due 2026

First Supplemental Indenture relating to 4.125% 
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2026

Indenture relating to 3.375% Senior Subordinated 
Notes due 2027

Indenture relating to 2.875% Senior Subordinated 
Notes due 2025

Indenture relating to 3.875% Senior Subordinated 
Notes due 2028

Trademark License Agreement

CDT 2001 Long-Term Performance Incentive Plan, 
as amended

Belden Inc. 2011 Long Term Incentive Plan, as 
amended

July 26, 2016 Form 8-K, Exhibit 4.2

October 11, 2016 Form 8-K, Exhibit 4.1

June 26, 2017 Form 8-K, Exhibit 4.22

July 10, 2017 Form 8-K, Exhibit 4.1

September 22, 2017 Form 8-K, Exhibit 4.1

March 16, 2018 Form 8-K, Exhibit 4.1

November 15, 1993 Form 10-Q of Belden 1993 
Inc., Exhibit 10.2

April 6, 2009 Proxy Statement, Appendix I

April 6,2016 Proxy Statement, Appendix II

Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Award

August 3, 2016 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.1

Form of Performance Stock Units Award

August 3, 2016 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.2

Form of Restricted Stock Units Award

May 6, 2014 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.3

Belden Inc. Annual Cash Incentive Plan, as 
amended and restated

2004 Belden CDT Inc. Non-Employee Director 
Deferred Compensation Plan

February 29, 2012 Form 10-K, Exhibit 10.16

December 21, 2004 Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1

Belden Wire & Cable Company (BWC) 
Supplemental Excess Defined Benefit Plan

March 22, 2002 Form 10-K of Belden 1993 Inc.,  
Exhibit 10.14

First Amendment to Belden Wire & Cable 
Company (BWC) Supplemental Excess Defined 
Benefit Plan

March 22, 2002 Form 10-K of Belden 1993 Inc.,  
Exhibit 10.15

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

10.11* 

10.12* 

10.13* 

10.14* 

10.15* 

10.16* 

10.17* 

10.18* 

10.19* 

10.20* 

10.21* 

10.22* 

10.23* 

10.24* 

10.25* 

Description of Exhibit 

Second Amendment to Belden Wire & Cable 
Company (BWC) Supplemental Excess Defined 
Benefit Plan

Third Amendment to Belden Wire & Cable 
Company (BWC) Supplemental Excess Defined 
Benefit Plan

The filings referenced for incorporation by 
reference are Company (Belden Inc.) filings unless 
noted to be those of Belden 1993 Inc.

March 14, 2003 Form 10-K of Belden 1993 Inc., 
Exhibit 10.21

November 15, 2004 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.50

BWC Supplemental Excess Defined Contribution 
Plan

March 22, 2002 Form 10-K of Belden 1993 Inc., 
Exhibit 10.16

First Amendment to BWC Supplemental Excess 
Defined Contribution Plan

March 22, 2002 Form 10-K of Belden 1993 Inc., 
Exhibit 10.17

Second Amendment to BWC Supplemental Excess 
Defined Contribution Plan

Third Amendment to BWC Supplemental Excess 
Defined Contribution Plan

2003 Form 10-K of Belden 1993 Inc., Exhibit 10.24

November 15, 2004 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.51

Trust Agreement

November 15, 2004 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.52

First Amendment to Trust Agreement

November 15, 2004 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.53

Trust Agreement

November 15, 2004 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.54

First Amendment to Trust Agreement

November 15, 2004 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.55

Amended and Restated Executive Employment 
Agreement with John Stroup

First Amendment to Amended and Restated 
Executive Employment Agreement with John 
Stroup

Amended and Restated Executive Employment 
Agreement with Henk Derksen

Executive Employment Agreement with Glenn 
Pennycook

Executive Employment Agreement with Dhrupad 
Trivedi

April 7, 2008 Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1

 December 17, 2008 Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1

January 5, 2012 Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1

August 8, 2013 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.1

August 8, 2013 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.2

10.26* 

Executive Employment Agreement with Doug Zink

November 6, 2013 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.1

10.27* 

10.28* 

10.29* 

10.30* 

10.31* 

10.32* 

Executive Employment Agreement with Ross 
Rosenberg

Executive Employment Agreement with Roel 
Vestjens

Executive Employment Agreement with Brian 
Anderson

Executive Employment Agreement with Dean 
McKenna

Executive Employment Agreement with Paul 
Turner

Executive Employment Agreement with Leo 
Kulmaczewski

100 

August 5, 2014 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.1

August 5, 2014 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.2

May 5, 2015 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.1

August 4, 2015 Form 10-Q Exhibit 10.1

February 13, 2018 Form 10-K Exhibit 10.31

November 5, 2018 Form 10-Q Exhibit 10.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

10.33* 

10.34 

10.35 

10.36 

10.37 

14.1 

21.1 

23.1 

24.1 

31.1 

31.2 

32.1 

32.2 

Description of Exhibit 

Form of Indemnification Agreement with each of 
the Directors and Brian Anderson, Henk Derksen, 
Dean McKenna, Glenn Pennycook, Ross 
Rosenberg, John Stroup, Dhrupad Trivedi, Paul 
Turner, Roel Vestjens, and Doug Zink

The filings referenced for incorporation by 
reference are Company (Belden Inc.) filings unless 
noted to be those of Belden 1993 Inc.

March 1, 2007 Form 10-K, Exhibit 10.39

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

May 22, 2017, Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1

Purchase Agreement by and among Belden Inc., the 
Guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank AG

June 29, 2017 Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1

Purchase Agreement by and among Belden Inc., the 
Guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank AG

September 14, 2017 Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1

Purchase Agreement by and among Belden Inc., the 
Guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank AG

March 8, 2018 Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1

Code of Ethics

August 26, 2016 Form 8-K, Exhibit 14.1

List of Subsidiaries of Belden Inc.

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

Powers of Attorney from Members of the Board of 
Directors

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief 
Executive Officer

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief 
Financial Officer

Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Executive 
Officer

Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Financial 
Officer

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Exhibit 101.INS XBRL Instance Document 

Exhibit 101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 

Exhibit 101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation 

Exhibit 101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition 

Exhibit 101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label 

Exhibit 101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

*  Management contract or compensatory plan 

Copies  of  the  above  Exhibits  are  available  to  shareholders  at  a  charge  of  $0.25  per  page,  minimum  order  of  $10.00.  Direct 
requests to: 

Belden Inc., Attention: Corporate Secretary 
1 North Brentwood Boulevard, 15th Floor 
St. Louis, Missouri 63105 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signatures 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Date: February 20, 2019 

BELDEN INC. 

By  

/s/ JOHN S. STROUP 

John S. Stroup 

  President, Chief Executive Officer, and 

Chairman 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated. 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ JOHN S. STROUP 
John S. Stroup 

/s/ HENK DERKSEN 
Henk Derksen 

/s/ DOUGLAS R. ZINK 
Douglas R. Zink 

/s/ DAVID ALDRICH* 
David Aldrich 

/s/ LANCE C. BALK* 
Lance C. Balk 

/s/ STEVEN BERGLUND* 
Steven Berglund 

/s/ DIANE D. BRINK* 
Diane D. Brink 

/s/ JUDY L. BROWN* 
Judy L. Brown 

/s/ BRYAN C. CRESSEY* 
Bryan C. Cressey 

/s/ JONATHAN KLEIN* 
Jonathan Klein 

/s/ GEORGE MINNICH* 
George Minnich 

/s/ JOHN MONTER* 
John Monter 

/s/ JOHN S. STROUP 
*By John S. Stroup, Attorney-in-fact 

  President, Chief Executive Officer, and Chairman 

  February 20, 2019

  Senior Vice President, Finance, and Chief Financial Officer 

  February 20, 2019

  Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer 

  February 20, 2019

  Lead Independent Director 

  February 20, 2019

  February 20, 2019

  February 20, 2019

  February 20, 2019

  February 20, 2019

  February 20, 2019

  February 20, 2019

  February 20, 2019

  February 20, 2019

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

103